risadmin_prod
/
Icard
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
Icard/angular-clarity-master(work.../node_modules/highcharts/modules/gantt.src.js

12916 lines
544 KiB
JavaScript
Raw Blame History

/**
* @license Highcharts Gantt JS v11.4.1 (2024-04-04)
*
* Gantt series
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*/
(function (factory) {
if (typeof module === 'object' && module.exports) {
factory['default'] = factory;
module.exports = factory;
} else if (typeof define === 'function' && define.amd) {
define('highcharts/modules/gantt', ['highcharts'], function (Highcharts) {
factory(Highcharts);
factory.Highcharts = Highcharts;
return factory;
});
} else {
factory(typeof Highcharts !== 'undefined' ? Highcharts : undefined);
}
}(function (Highcharts) {
'use strict';
var _modules = Highcharts ? Highcharts._modules : {};
function _registerModule(obj, path, args, fn) {
if (!obj.hasOwnProperty(path)) {
obj[path] = fn.apply(null, args);
if (typeof CustomEvent === 'function') {
window.dispatchEvent(new CustomEvent(
'HighchartsModuleLoaded',
{ detail: { path: path, module: obj[path] } }
));
}
}
}
_registerModule(_modules, 'Extensions/ArrowSymbols.js', [], function () {
/* *
*
* (c) 2017 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Creates an arrow symbol. Like a triangle, except not filled.
* ```
* o
* o
* o
* o
* o
* o
* o
* ```
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {number} x
* x position of the arrow
*
* @param {number} y
* y position of the arrow
*
* @param {number} w
* width of the arrow
*
* @param {number} h
* height of the arrow
*
* @return {Highcharts.SVGPathArray}
* Path array
*/
function arrow(x, y, w, h) {
return [
['M', x, y + h / 2],
['L', x + w, y],
['L', x, y + h / 2],
['L', x + w, y + h]
];
}
/**
* Creates a half-width arrow symbol. Like a triangle, except not filled.
* ```
* o
* o
* o
* o
* o
* ```
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {number} x
* x position of the arrow
*
* @param {number} y
* y position of the arrow
*
* @param {number} w
* width of the arrow
*
* @param {number} h
* height of the arrow
*
* @return {Highcharts.SVGPathArray}
* Path array
*/
function arrowHalf(x, y, w, h) {
return arrow(x, y, w / 2, h);
}
/**
* @private
*/
function compose(SVGRendererClass) {
const symbols = SVGRendererClass.prototype.symbols;
symbols.arrow = arrow;
symbols['arrow-filled'] = triangleLeft;
symbols['arrow-filled-half'] = triangleLeftHalf;
symbols['arrow-half'] = arrowHalf;
symbols['triangle-left'] = triangleLeft;
symbols['triangle-left-half'] = triangleLeftHalf;
}
/**
* Creates a left-oriented triangle.
* ```
* o
* ooooooo
* ooooooooooooo
* ooooooo
* o
* ```
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {number} x
* x position of the triangle
*
* @param {number} y
* y position of the triangle
*
* @param {number} w
* width of the triangle
*
* @param {number} h
* height of the triangle
*
* @return {Highcharts.SVGPathArray}
* Path array
*/
function triangleLeft(x, y, w, h) {
return [
['M', x + w, y],
['L', x, y + h / 2],
['L', x + w, y + h],
['Z']
];
}
/**
* Creates a half-width, left-oriented triangle.
* ```
* o
* oooo
* ooooooo
* oooo
* o
* ```
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {number} x
* x position of the triangle
*
* @param {number} y
* y position of the triangle
*
* @param {number} w
* width of the triangle
*
* @param {number} h
* height of the triangle
*
* @return {Highcharts.SVGPathArray}
* Path array
*/
function triangleLeftHalf(x, y, w, h) {
return triangleLeft(x, y, w / 2, h);
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const ArrowSymbols = {
compose
};
return ArrowSymbols;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Gantt/Connection.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (H, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Øystein Moseng, Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { defined, error, merge, objectEach } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
const deg2rad = H.deg2rad, max = Math.max, min = Math.min;
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* The Connection class. Used internally to represent a connection between two
* points.
*
* @private
* @class
* @name Highcharts.Connection
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} from
* Connection runs from this Point.
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} to
* Connection runs to this Point.
*
* @param {Highcharts.ConnectorsOptions} [options]
* Connection options.
*/
class Connection {
constructor(from, to, options) {
this.init(from, to, options);
}
/**
* Initialize the Connection object. Used as constructor only.
*
* @function Highcharts.Connection#init
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} from
* Connection runs from this Point.
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} to
* Connection runs to this Point.
*
* @param {Highcharts.ConnectorsOptions} [options]
* Connection options.
*/
init(from, to, options) {
this.fromPoint = from;
this.toPoint = to;
this.options = options;
this.chart = from.series.chart;
this.pathfinder = this.chart.pathfinder;
}
/**
* Add (or update) this connection's path on chart. Stores reference to the
* created element on this.graphics.path.
*
* @function Highcharts.Connection#renderPath
*
* @param {Highcharts.SVGPathArray} path
* Path to render, in array format. E.g. ['M', 0, 0, 'L', 10, 10]
*
* @param {Highcharts.SVGAttributes} [attribs]
* SVG attributes for the path.
*
* @param {Partial<Highcharts.AnimationOptionsObject>} [animation]
* Animation options for the rendering.
*/
renderPath(path, attribs) {
const connection = this, chart = this.chart, styledMode = chart.styledMode, pathfinder = this.pathfinder, anim = {};
let pathGraphic = connection.graphics && connection.graphics.path;
// Add the SVG element of the pathfinder group if it doesn't exist
if (!pathfinder.group) {
pathfinder.group = chart.renderer.g()
.addClass('highcharts-pathfinder-group')
.attr({ zIndex: -1 })
.add(chart.seriesGroup);
}
// Shift the group to compensate for plot area.
// Note: Do this always (even when redrawing a path) to avoid issues
// when updating chart in a way that changes plot metrics.
pathfinder.group.translate(chart.plotLeft, chart.plotTop);
// Create path if does not exist
if (!(pathGraphic && pathGraphic.renderer)) {
pathGraphic = chart.renderer.path()
.add(pathfinder.group);
if (!styledMode) {
pathGraphic.attr({
opacity: 0
});
}
}
// Set path attribs and animate to the new path
pathGraphic.attr(attribs);
anim.d = path;
if (!styledMode) {
anim.opacity = 1;
}
pathGraphic.animate(anim);
// Store reference on connection
this.graphics = this.graphics || {};
this.graphics.path = pathGraphic;
}
/**
* Calculate and add marker graphics for connection to the chart. The
* created/updated elements are stored on this.graphics.start and
* this.graphics.end.
*
* @function Highcharts.Connection#addMarker
*
* @param {string} type
* Marker type, either 'start' or 'end'.
*
* @param {Highcharts.ConnectorsMarkerOptions} options
* All options for this marker. Not calculated or merged with other
* options.
*
* @param {Highcharts.SVGPathArray} path
* Connection path in array format. This is used to calculate the
* rotation angle of the markers.
*/
addMarker(type, options, path) {
const connection = this, chart = connection.fromPoint.series.chart, pathfinder = chart.pathfinder, renderer = chart.renderer, point = (type === 'start' ?
connection.fromPoint :
connection.toPoint), anchor = point.getPathfinderAnchorPoint(options);
let markerVector, radians, rotation, box, width, height, pathVector, segment;
if (!options.enabled) {
return;
}
// Last vector before start/end of path, used to get angle
if (type === 'start') {
segment = path[1];
}
else { // 'end'
segment = path[path.length - 2];
}
if (segment && segment[0] === 'M' || segment[0] === 'L') {
pathVector = {
x: segment[1],
y: segment[2]
};
// Get angle between pathVector and anchor point and use it to
// create marker position.
radians = point.getRadiansToVector(pathVector, anchor);
markerVector = point.getMarkerVector(radians, options.radius, anchor);
// Rotation of marker is calculated from angle between pathVector
// and markerVector.
// (Note:
// Used to recalculate radians between markerVector and pathVector,
// but this should be the same as between pathVector and anchor.)
rotation = -radians / deg2rad;
if (options.width && options.height) {
width = options.width;
height = options.height;
}
else {
width = height = options.radius * 2;
}
// Add graphics object if it does not exist
connection.graphics = connection.graphics || {};
box = {
x: markerVector.x - (width / 2),
y: markerVector.y - (height / 2),
width: width,
height: height,
rotation: rotation,
rotationOriginX: markerVector.x,
rotationOriginY: markerVector.y
};
if (!connection.graphics[type]) {
// Create new marker element
connection.graphics[type] = renderer
.symbol(options.symbol)
.addClass('highcharts-point-connecting-path-' + type + '-marker' +
' highcharts-color-' + this.fromPoint.colorIndex)
.attr(box)
.add(pathfinder.group);
if (!renderer.styledMode) {
connection.graphics[type].attr({
fill: options.color || connection.fromPoint.color,
stroke: options.lineColor,
'stroke-width': options.lineWidth,
opacity: 0
})
.animate({
opacity: 1
}, point.series.options.animation);
}
}
else {
connection.graphics[type].animate(box);
}
}
}
/**
* Calculate and return connection path.
* Note: Recalculates chart obstacles on demand if they aren't calculated.
*
* @function Highcharts.Connection#getPath
*
* @param {Highcharts.ConnectorsOptions} options
* Connector options. Not calculated or merged with other options.
*
* @return {object|undefined}
* Calculated SVG path data in array format.
*/
getPath(options) {
const pathfinder = this.pathfinder, chart = this.chart, algorithm = pathfinder.algorithms[options.type];
let chartObstacles = pathfinder.chartObstacles;
if (typeof algorithm !== 'function') {
error('"' + options.type + '" is not a Pathfinder algorithm.');
return {
path: [],
obstacles: []
};
}
// This function calculates obstacles on demand if they don't exist
if (algorithm.requiresObstacles && !chartObstacles) {
chartObstacles =
pathfinder.chartObstacles =
pathfinder.getChartObstacles(options);
// If the algorithmMargin was computed, store the result in default
// options.
chart.options.connectors.algorithmMargin =
options.algorithmMargin;
// Cache some metrics too
pathfinder.chartObstacleMetrics =
pathfinder.getObstacleMetrics(chartObstacles);
}
// Get the SVG path
return algorithm(
// From
this.fromPoint.getPathfinderAnchorPoint(options.startMarker),
// To
this.toPoint.getPathfinderAnchorPoint(options.endMarker), merge({
chartObstacles: chartObstacles,
lineObstacles: pathfinder.lineObstacles || [],
obstacleMetrics: pathfinder.chartObstacleMetrics,
hardBounds: {
xMin: 0,
xMax: chart.plotWidth,
yMin: 0,
yMax: chart.plotHeight
},
obstacleOptions: {
margin: options.algorithmMargin
},
startDirectionX: pathfinder.getAlgorithmStartDirection(options.startMarker)
}, options));
}
/**
* (re)Calculate and (re)draw the connection.
*
* @function Highcharts.Connection#render
*/
render() {
const connection = this, fromPoint = connection.fromPoint, series = fromPoint.series, chart = series.chart, pathfinder = chart.pathfinder, attribs = {};
let options = merge(chart.options.connectors, series.options.connectors, fromPoint.options.connectors, connection.options);
// Set path attribs
if (!chart.styledMode) {
attribs.stroke = options.lineColor || fromPoint.color;
attribs['stroke-width'] = options.lineWidth;
if (options.dashStyle) {
attribs.dashstyle = options.dashStyle;
}
}
attribs['class'] = // eslint-disable-line dot-notation
'highcharts-point-connecting-path ' +
'highcharts-color-' + fromPoint.colorIndex;
options = merge(attribs, options);
// Set common marker options
if (!defined(options.marker.radius)) {
options.marker.radius = min(max(Math.ceil((options.algorithmMargin || 8) / 2) - 1, 1), 5);
}
// Get the path
const pathResult = connection.getPath(options), path = pathResult.path;
// Always update obstacle storage with obstacles from this path.
// We don't know if future calls will need this for their algorithm.
if (pathResult.obstacles) {
pathfinder.lineObstacles =
pathfinder.lineObstacles || [];
pathfinder.lineObstacles =
pathfinder.lineObstacles.concat(pathResult.obstacles);
}
// Add the calculated path to the pathfinder group
connection.renderPath(path, attribs);
// Render the markers
connection.addMarker('start', merge(options.marker, options.startMarker), path);
connection.addMarker('end', merge(options.marker, options.endMarker), path);
}
/**
* Destroy connection by destroying the added graphics elements.
*
* @function Highcharts.Connection#destroy
*/
destroy() {
if (this.graphics) {
objectEach(this.graphics, function (val) {
val.destroy();
});
delete this.graphics;
}
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Declarations
*
* */
/**
* The default pathfinder algorithm to use for a chart. It is possible to define
* your own algorithms by adding them to the
* `Highcharts.Pathfinder.prototype.algorithms`
* object before the chart has been created.
*
* The default algorithms are as follows:
*
* `straight`: Draws a straight line between the connecting
* points. Does not avoid other points when drawing.
*
* `simpleConnect`: Finds a path between the points using right angles
* only. Takes only starting/ending points into
* account, and will not avoid other points.
*
* `fastAvoid`: Finds a path between the points using right angles
* only. Will attempt to avoid other points, but its
* focus is performance over accuracy. Works well with
* less dense datasets.
*
* @typedef {"fastAvoid"|"simpleConnect"|"straight"|string} Highcharts.PathfinderTypeValue
*/
''; // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return Connection;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Extensions/CurrentDateIndication.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (H, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Highsoft AS
*
* Author: Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { composed } = H;
const { addEvent, merge, pushUnique, wrap } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
/**
* Show an indicator on the axis for the current date and time. Can be a
* boolean or a configuration object similar to
* [xAxis.plotLines](#xAxis.plotLines).
*
* @sample gantt/current-date-indicator/demo
* Current date indicator enabled
* @sample gantt/current-date-indicator/object-config
* Current date indicator with custom options
*
* @declare Highcharts.CurrentDateIndicatorOptions
* @type {boolean|CurrentDateIndicatorOptions}
* @default true
* @extends xAxis.plotLines
* @excluding value
* @product gantt
* @apioption xAxis.currentDateIndicator
*/
const defaultOptions = {
color: "#ccd3ff" /* Palette.highlightColor20 */,
width: 2,
/**
* @declare Highcharts.AxisCurrentDateIndicatorLabelOptions
*/
label: {
/**
* Format of the label. This options is passed as the fist argument to
* [dateFormat](/class-reference/Highcharts.Time#dateFormat) function.
*
* @type {string}
* @default %a, %b %d %Y, %H:%M
* @product gantt
* @apioption xAxis.currentDateIndicator.label.format
*/
format: '%a, %b %d %Y, %H:%M',
formatter: function (value, format) {
return this.axis.chart.time.dateFormat(format || '', value);
},
rotation: 0,
/**
* @type {Highcharts.CSSObject}
*/
style: {
/** @internal */
fontSize: '0.7em'
}
}
};
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
function compose(AxisClass, PlotLineOrBandClass) {
if (pushUnique(composed, 'CurrentDateIndication')) {
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetOptions', onAxisAfterSetOptions);
addEvent(PlotLineOrBandClass, 'render', onPlotLineOrBandRender);
wrap(PlotLineOrBandClass.prototype, 'getLabelText', wrapPlotLineOrBandGetLabelText);
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterSetOptions() {
const options = this.options, cdiOptions = options.currentDateIndicator;
if (cdiOptions) {
const plotLineOptions = typeof cdiOptions === 'object' ?
merge(defaultOptions, cdiOptions) :
merge(defaultOptions);
plotLineOptions.value = Date.now();
plotLineOptions.className = 'highcharts-current-date-indicator';
if (!options.plotLines) {
options.plotLines = [];
}
options.plotLines.push(plotLineOptions);
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onPlotLineOrBandRender() {
// If the label already exists, update its text
if (this.label) {
this.label.attr({
text: this.getLabelText(this.options.label)
});
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function wrapPlotLineOrBandGetLabelText(defaultMethod, defaultLabelOptions) {
const options = this.options;
if (options &&
options.className &&
options.className.indexOf('highcharts-current-date-indicator') !== -1 &&
options.label &&
typeof options.label.formatter === 'function') {
options.value = Date.now();
return options.label.formatter
.call(this, options.value, options.label.format);
}
return defaultMethod.call(this, defaultLabelOptions);
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const CurrentDateIndication = {
compose
};
return CurrentDateIndication;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Core/Chart/GanttChart.js', [_modules['Core/Chart/Chart.js'], _modules['Core/Defaults.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (Chart, D, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Highsoft AS
*
* Author: Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { defaultOptions } = D;
const { isArray, merge, splat } = U;
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* Gantt-optimized chart. Use {@link Highcharts.Chart|Chart} for common charts.
*
* @requires modules/gantt
*
* @class
* @name Highcharts.GanttChart
* @extends Highcharts.Chart
*/
class GanttChart extends Chart {
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Initializes the chart. The constructor's arguments are passed on
* directly.
*
* @function Highcharts.GanttChart#init
*
* @param {Highcharts.Options} userOptions
* Custom options.
*
* @param {Function} [callback]
* Function to run when the chart has loaded and all external
* images are loaded.
*
*
* @emits Highcharts.GanttChart#event:init
* @emits Highcharts.GanttChart#event:afterInit
*/
init(userOptions, callback) {
const xAxisOptions = userOptions.xAxis, yAxisOptions = userOptions.yAxis;
let defaultLinkedTo;
// Avoid doing these twice
userOptions.xAxis = userOptions.yAxis = void 0;
const options = merge(true, {
chart: {
type: 'gantt'
},
title: {
text: ''
},
legend: {
enabled: false
},
navigator: {
series: { type: 'gantt' },
// Bars were clipped, #14060.
yAxis: {
type: 'category'
}
}
}, userOptions, // User's options
// forced options
{
isGantt: true
});
userOptions.xAxis = xAxisOptions;
userOptions.yAxis = yAxisOptions;
// Apply X axis options to both single and multi x axes If user hasn't
// defined axes as array, make it into an array and add a second axis by
// default.
options.xAxis = (!isArray(userOptions.xAxis) ?
[userOptions.xAxis || {}, {}] :
userOptions.xAxis).map((xAxisOptions, i) => {
if (i === 1) { // Second xAxis
defaultLinkedTo = 0;
}
return merge(
// Defaults
{
grid: {
borderColor: "#cccccc" /* Palette.neutralColor20 */,
enabled: true
},
opposite: defaultOptions.xAxis?.opposite ??
xAxisOptions.opposite ??
true,
linkedTo: defaultLinkedTo
},
// User options
xAxisOptions,
// Forced options
{
type: 'datetime'
});
});
// Apply Y axis options to both single and multi y axes
options.yAxis = (splat(userOptions.yAxis || {})).map((yAxisOptions) => merge(
// Defaults
{
grid: {
borderColor: "#cccccc" /* Palette.neutralColor20 */,
enabled: true
},
staticScale: 50,
reversed: true,
// Set default type treegrid, but only if 'categories' is
// undefined
type: yAxisOptions.categories ? yAxisOptions.type : 'treegrid'
},
// User options
yAxisOptions));
super.init(options, callback);
}
}
/* *
*
* Class Namespace
*
* */
(function (GanttChart) {
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/* eslint-disable jsdoc/check-param-names */
/**
* The factory function for creating new gantt charts. Creates a new {@link
* Highcharts.GanttChart|GanttChart} object with different default options
* than the basic Chart.
*
* @example
* // Render a chart in to div#container
* let chart = Highcharts.ganttChart('container', {
* title: {
* text: 'My chart'
* },
* series: [{
* data: ...
* }]
* });
*
* @function Highcharts.ganttChart
*
* @param {string|Highcharts.HTMLDOMElement} renderTo
* The DOM element to render to, or its id.
*
* @param {Highcharts.Options} options
* The chart options structure.
*
* @param {Highcharts.ChartCallbackFunction} [callback]
* Function to run when the chart has loaded and all external
* images are loaded. Defining a
* [chart.events.load](https://api.highcharts.com/highcharts/chart.events.load)
* handler is equivalent.
*
* @return {Highcharts.GanttChart}
* Returns the Chart object.
*/
function ganttChart(a, b, c) {
return new GanttChart(a, b, c);
}
GanttChart.ganttChart = ganttChart;
/* eslint-enable jsdoc/check-param-names */
})(GanttChart || (GanttChart = {}));
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return GanttChart;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Navigator/ChartNavigatorComposition.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (H, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { isTouchDevice } = H;
const { addEvent, merge, pick } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
const composedMembers = [];
/* *
*
* Variables
*
* */
let NavigatorConstructor;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
function compose(ChartClass, NavigatorClass) {
if (U.pushUnique(composedMembers, ChartClass)) {
const chartProto = ChartClass.prototype;
NavigatorConstructor = NavigatorClass;
chartProto.callbacks.push(onChartCallback);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'afterAddSeries', onChartAfterAddSeries);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'afterSetChartSize', onChartAfterSetChartSize);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'afterUpdate', onChartAfterUpdate);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'beforeRender', onChartBeforeRender);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'beforeShowResetZoom', onChartBeforeShowResetZoom);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'update', onChartUpdate);
}
}
/**
* Handle adding new series.
* @private
*/
function onChartAfterAddSeries() {
if (this.navigator) {
// Recompute which series should be shown in navigator, and add them
this.navigator.setBaseSeries(null, false);
}
}
/**
* For stock charts, extend the Chart.setChartSize method so that we can set the
* final top position of the navigator once the height of the chart, including
* the legend, is determined. #367. We can't use Chart.getMargins, because
* labels offsets are not calculated yet.
* @private
*/
function onChartAfterSetChartSize() {
const legend = this.legend, navigator = this.navigator;
let legendOptions, xAxis, yAxis;
if (navigator) {
legendOptions = legend && legend.options;
xAxis = navigator.xAxis;
yAxis = navigator.yAxis;
const { scrollbarHeight, scrollButtonSize } = navigator;
// Compute the top position
if (this.inverted) {
navigator.left = navigator.opposite ?
this.chartWidth - scrollbarHeight -
navigator.height :
this.spacing[3] + scrollbarHeight;
navigator.top = this.plotTop + scrollButtonSize;
}
else {
navigator.left = pick(xAxis.left, this.plotLeft + scrollButtonSize);
navigator.top = navigator.navigatorOptions.top ||
this.chartHeight -
navigator.height -
scrollbarHeight -
(this.scrollbar?.options.margin || 0) -
this.spacing[2] -
(this.rangeSelector && this.extraBottomMargin ?
this.rangeSelector.getHeight() :
0) -
((legendOptions &&
legendOptions.verticalAlign === 'bottom' &&
legendOptions.layout !== 'proximate' && // #13392
legendOptions.enabled &&
!legendOptions.floating) ?
legend.legendHeight +
pick(legendOptions.margin, 10) :
0) -
(this.titleOffset ? this.titleOffset[2] : 0);
}
if (xAxis && yAxis) { // False if navigator is disabled (#904)
if (this.inverted) {
xAxis.options.left = yAxis.options.left = navigator.left;
}
else {
xAxis.options.top = yAxis.options.top = navigator.top;
}
xAxis.setAxisSize();
yAxis.setAxisSize();
}
}
}
/**
* Initialize navigator, if no scrolling exists yet.
* @private
*/
function onChartAfterUpdate(event) {
if (!this.navigator && !this.scroller &&
(this.options.navigator.enabled ||
this.options.scrollbar.enabled)) {
this.scroller = this.navigator = new NavigatorConstructor(this);
if (pick(event.redraw, true)) {
this.redraw(event.animation); // #7067
}
}
}
/**
* Initialize navigator for stock charts
* @private
*/
function onChartBeforeRender() {
const options = this.options;
if (options.navigator.enabled ||
options.scrollbar.enabled) {
this.scroller = this.navigator = new NavigatorConstructor(this);
}
}
/**
* For Stock charts. For x only zooming, do not to create the zoom button
* because X axis zooming is already allowed by the Navigator and Range
* selector. (#9285)
* @private
*/
function onChartBeforeShowResetZoom() {
const chartOptions = this.options, navigator = chartOptions.navigator, rangeSelector = chartOptions.rangeSelector;
if (((navigator && navigator.enabled) ||
(rangeSelector && rangeSelector.enabled)) &&
((!isTouchDevice &&
this.zooming.type === 'x') ||
(isTouchDevice && this.zooming.pinchType === 'x'))) {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onChartCallback(chart) {
const navigator = chart.navigator;
// Initialize the navigator
if (navigator && chart.xAxis[0]) {
const extremes = chart.xAxis[0].getExtremes();
navigator.render(extremes.min, extremes.max);
}
}
/**
* Merge options, if no scrolling exists yet
* @private
*/
function onChartUpdate(e) {
const navigatorOptions = (e.options.navigator || {}), scrollbarOptions = (e.options.scrollbar || {});
if (!this.navigator && !this.scroller &&
(navigatorOptions.enabled || scrollbarOptions.enabled)) {
merge(true, this.options.navigator, navigatorOptions);
merge(true, this.options.scrollbar, scrollbarOptions);
delete e.options.navigator;
delete e.options.scrollbar;
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const ChartNavigatorComposition = {
compose
};
return ChartNavigatorComposition;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Core/Axis/NavigatorAxisComposition.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (H, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { isTouchDevice } = H;
const { addEvent, correctFloat, defined, isNumber, pick } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
function onAxisInit() {
const axis = this;
if (!axis.navigatorAxis) {
axis.navigatorAxis = new NavigatorAxisAdditions(axis);
}
}
/**
* For Stock charts, override selection zooming with some special features
* because X axis zooming is already allowed by the Navigator and Range
* selector.
* @private
*/
function onAxisSetExtremes(e) {
const axis = this, chart = axis.chart, chartOptions = chart.options, navigator = chartOptions.navigator, navigatorAxis = axis.navigatorAxis, pinchType = chart.zooming.pinchType, rangeSelector = chartOptions.rangeSelector, zoomType = chart.zooming.type;
let zoomed;
if (axis.isXAxis &&
(navigator?.enabled || rangeSelector?.enabled)) {
// For y only zooming, ignore the X axis completely
if (zoomType === 'y' && e.trigger === 'zoom') {
zoomed = false;
// For xy zooming, record the state of the zoom before zoom selection,
// then when the reset button is pressed, revert to this state. This
// should apply only if the chart is initialized with a range (#6612),
// otherwise zoom all the way out.
}
else if (((e.trigger === 'zoom' && zoomType === 'xy') ||
(isTouchDevice && pinchType === 'xy')) &&
axis.options.range) {
const previousZoom = navigatorAxis.previousZoom;
// Minimum defined, zooming in
if (defined(e.min)) {
navigatorAxis.previousZoom = [axis.min, axis.max];
// Minimum undefined, resetting zoom
}
else if (previousZoom) {
e.min = previousZoom[0];
e.max = previousZoom[1];
navigatorAxis.previousZoom = void 0;
}
}
}
if (typeof zoomed !== 'undefined') {
e.preventDefault();
}
}
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* @private
* @class
*/
class NavigatorAxisAdditions {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
static compose(AxisClass) {
if (!AxisClass.keepProps.includes('navigatorAxis')) {
AxisClass.keepProps.push('navigatorAxis');
addEvent(AxisClass, 'init', onAxisInit);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'setExtremes', onAxisSetExtremes);
}
}
/* *
*
* Constructors
*
* */
constructor(axis) {
this.axis = axis;
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
destroy() {
this.axis = void 0;
}
/**
* Add logic to normalize the zoomed range in order to preserve the pressed
* state of range selector buttons
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Axis#toFixedRange
*/
toFixedRange(pxMin, pxMax, fixedMin, fixedMax) {
const axis = this.axis, halfPointRange = (axis.pointRange || 0) / 2;
let newMin = pick(fixedMin, axis.translate(pxMin, true, !axis.horiz)), newMax = pick(fixedMax, axis.translate(pxMax, true, !axis.horiz));
// Add/remove half point range to/from the extremes (#1172)
if (!defined(fixedMin)) {
newMin = correctFloat(newMin + halfPointRange);
}
if (!defined(fixedMax)) {
newMax = correctFloat(newMax - halfPointRange);
}
if (!isNumber(newMin) || !isNumber(newMax)) { // #1195, #7411
newMin = newMax = void 0;
}
return {
min: newMin,
max: newMax
};
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return NavigatorAxisAdditions;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Navigator/NavigatorDefaults.js', [_modules['Core/Color/Color.js'], _modules['Core/Series/SeriesRegistry.js']], function (Color, SeriesRegistry) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { parse: color } = Color;
const { seriesTypes } = SeriesRegistry;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
/**
* The navigator is a small series below the main series, displaying
* a view of the entire data set. It provides tools to zoom in and
* out on parts of the data as well as panning across the dataset.
*
* @product highstock gantt
* @optionparent navigator
*/
const NavigatorDefaults = {
/**
* Whether the navigator and scrollbar should adapt to updated data
* in the base X axis. When loading data async, as in the demo below,
* this should be `false`. Otherwise new data will trigger navigator
* redraw, which will cause unwanted looping. In the demo below, the
* data in the navigator is set only once. On navigating, only the main
* chart content is updated.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/demo/lazy-loading/
* Set to false with async data loading
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default true
* @apioption navigator.adaptToUpdatedData
*/
/**
* An integer identifying the index to use for the base series, or a
* string representing the id of the series.
*
* **Note**: As of Highcharts 5.0, this is now a deprecated option.
* Prefer [series.showInNavigator](#plotOptions.series.showInNavigator).
*
* @see [series.showInNavigator](#plotOptions.series.showInNavigator)
*
* @deprecated
* @type {number|string}
* @default 0
* @apioption navigator.baseSeries
*/
/**
* Enable or disable the navigator.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/enabled/
* Disable the navigator
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default true
* @apioption navigator.enabled
*/
/**
* When the chart is inverted, whether to draw the navigator on the
* opposite side.
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default false
* @since 5.0.8
* @apioption navigator.opposite
*/
/**
* The height of the navigator.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/height/
* A higher navigator
*/
height: 40,
/**
* The distance from the nearest element, the X axis or X axis labels.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/margin/
* A margin of 2 draws the navigator closer to the X axis labels
*/
margin: 25,
/**
* Whether the mask should be inside the range marking the zoomed
* range, or outside. In Highcharts Stock 1.x it was always `false`.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/demo/maskinside-false/
* False, mask outside
*
* @since 2.0
*/
maskInside: true,
/**
* Options for the handles for dragging the zoomed area.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/handles/
* Colored handles
*/
handles: {
/**
* Width for handles.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/styled-handles/
* Styled handles
*
* @since 6.0.0
*/
width: 7,
/**
* Height for handles.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/styled-handles/
* Styled handles
*
* @since 6.0.0
*/
height: 15,
/**
* Array to define shapes of handles. 0-index for left, 1-index for
* right.
*
* Additionally, the URL to a graphic can be given on this form:
* `url(graphic.png)`. Note that for the image to be applied to
* exported charts, its URL needs to be accessible by the export
* server.
*
* Custom callbacks for symbol path generation can also be added to
* `Highcharts.SVGRenderer.prototype.symbols`. The callback is then
* used by its method name, as shown in the demo.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/styled-handles/
* Styled handles
*
* @type {Array<string>}
* @default ["navigator-handle", "navigator-handle"]
* @since 6.0.0
*/
symbols: ['navigator-handle', 'navigator-handle'],
/**
* Allows to enable/disable handles.
*
* @since 6.0.0
*/
enabled: true,
/**
* The width for the handle border and the stripes inside.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/styled-handles/
* Styled handles
*
* @since 6.0.0
* @apioption navigator.handles.lineWidth
*/
lineWidth: 1,
/**
* The fill for the handle.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
backgroundColor: "#f2f2f2" /* Palette.neutralColor5 */,
/**
* The stroke for the handle border and the stripes inside.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
borderColor: "#999999" /* Palette.neutralColor40 */
},
/**
* The color of the mask covering the areas of the navigator series
* that are currently not visible in the main series. The default
* color is bluish with an opacity of 0.3 to see the series below.
*
* @see In styled mode, the mask is styled with the
* `.highcharts-navigator-mask` and
* `.highcharts-navigator-mask-inside` classes.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/maskfill/
* Blue, semi transparent mask
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
* @default rgba(102,133,194,0.3)
*/
maskFill: color("#667aff" /* Palette.highlightColor60 */).setOpacity(0.3).get(),
/**
* The color of the line marking the currently zoomed area in the
* navigator.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/outline/
* 2px blue outline
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
* @default #cccccc
*/
outlineColor: "#999999" /* Palette.neutralColor40 */,
/**
* The width of the line marking the currently zoomed area in the
* navigator.
*
* @see In styled mode, the outline stroke width is set with the
* `.highcharts-navigator-outline` class.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/outline/
* 2px blue outline
*
* @type {number}
*/
outlineWidth: 1,
/**
* Options for the navigator series. Available options are the same
* as any series, documented at [plotOptions](#plotOptions.series)
* and [series](#series).
*
* Unless data is explicitly defined on navigator.series, the data
* is borrowed from the first series in the chart.
*
* Default series options for the navigator series are:
* ```js
* series: {
* type: 'areaspline',
* fillOpacity: 0.05,
* dataGrouping: {
* smoothed: true
* },
* lineWidth: 1,
* marker: {
* enabled: false
* }
* }
* ```
*
* @see In styled mode, the navigator series is styled with the
* `.highcharts-navigator-series` class.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/series-data/
* Using a separate data set for the navigator
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/series/
* A green navigator series
*
* @type {*|Array<*>|Highcharts.SeriesOptionsType|Array<Highcharts.SeriesOptionsType>}
*/
series: {
/**
* The type of the navigator series.
*
* Heads up:
* In column-type navigator, zooming is limited to at least one
* point with its `pointRange`.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/column/
* Column type navigator
*
* @type {string}
* @default {highstock} `areaspline` if defined, otherwise `line`
* @default {gantt} gantt
*/
type: (typeof seriesTypes.areaspline === 'undefined' ?
'line' :
'areaspline'),
/**
* The fill opacity of the navigator series.
*/
fillOpacity: 0.05,
/**
* The pixel line width of the navigator series.
*/
lineWidth: 1,
/**
* @ignore-option
*/
compare: null,
/**
* @ignore-option
*/
sonification: {
enabled: false
},
/**
* Unless data is explicitly defined, the data is borrowed from the
* first series in the chart.
*
* @type {Array<number|Array<number|string|null>|object|null>}
* @product highstock
* @apioption navigator.series.data
*/
/**
* Data grouping options for the navigator series.
*
* @extends plotOptions.series.dataGrouping
*/
dataGrouping: {
approximation: 'average',
enabled: true,
groupPixelWidth: 2,
// Replace smoothed property by anchors, #12455.
firstAnchor: 'firstPoint',
anchor: 'middle',
lastAnchor: 'lastPoint',
// Day and week differs from plotOptions.series.dataGrouping
units: [
['millisecond', [1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 100, 200, 500]],
['second', [1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30]],
['minute', [1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30]],
['hour', [1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12]],
['day', [1, 2, 3, 4]],
['week', [1, 2, 3]],
['month', [1, 3, 6]],
['year', null]
]
},
/**
* Data label options for the navigator series. Data labels are
* disabled by default on the navigator series.
*
* @extends plotOptions.series.dataLabels
*/
dataLabels: {
enabled: false,
zIndex: 2 // #1839
},
id: 'highcharts-navigator-series',
className: 'highcharts-navigator-series',
/**
* Sets the fill color of the navigator series.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
* @apioption navigator.series.color
*/
/**
* Line color for the navigator series. Allows setting the color
* while disallowing the default candlestick setting.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|null}
*/
lineColor: null,
marker: {
enabled: false
},
/**
* Since Highcharts Stock v8, default value is the same as default
* `pointRange` defined for a specific type (e.g. `null` for
* column type).
*
* In Highcharts Stock version < 8, defaults to 0.
*
* @extends plotOptions.series.pointRange
* @type {number|null}
* @apioption navigator.series.pointRange
*/
/**
* The threshold option. Setting it to 0 will make the default
* navigator area series draw its area from the 0 value and up.
*
* @type {number|null}
*/
threshold: null
},
/**
* Enable or disable navigator sticking to right, while adding new
* points. If `undefined`, the navigator sticks to the axis maximum only
* if it was already at the maximum prior to adding points.
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default undefined
* @since 10.2.1
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/sticktomax-false/
* stickToMax set to false
* @apioption navigator.stickToMax
*/
/**
* Options for the navigator X axis. Default series options for the
* navigator xAxis are:
* ```js
* xAxis: {
* tickWidth: 0,
* lineWidth: 0,
* gridLineWidth: 1,
* tickPixelInterval: 200,
* labels: {
* align: 'left',
* style: {
* color: '#888'
* },
* x: 3,
* y: -4
* }
* }
* ```
*
* @extends xAxis
* @excluding linkedTo, maxZoom, minRange, opposite, range, scrollbar,
* showEmpty, maxRange
*/
xAxis: {
/**
* Additional range on the right side of the xAxis. Works similar to
* `xAxis.maxPadding`, but the value is set in terms of axis values,
* percentage or pixels.
*
* If it's a number, it is interpreted as axis values, which in a
* datetime axis equals milliseconds.
*
* If it's a percentage string, is interpreted as percentages of the
* axis length. An overscroll of 50% will make a 100px axis 50px longer.
*
* If it's a pixel string, it is interpreted as a fixed pixel value, but
* limited to 90% of the axis length.
*
* If it's undefined, the value is inherited from `xAxis.overscroll`.
*
* Can be set for both, main xAxis and navigator's xAxis.
*
* @type {number | string | undefined}
* @since 6.0.0
* @apioption navigator.xAxis.overscroll
*/
className: 'highcharts-navigator-xaxis',
tickLength: 0,
lineWidth: 0,
gridLineColor: "#e6e6e6" /* Palette.neutralColor10 */,
gridLineWidth: 1,
tickPixelInterval: 200,
labels: {
align: 'left',
/**
* @type {Highcharts.CSSObject}
*/
style: {
/** @ignore */
color: "#000000" /* Palette.neutralColor100 */,
/** @ignore */
fontSize: '0.7em',
/** @ignore */
opacity: 0.6,
/** @ignore */
textOutline: '2px contrast'
},
x: 3,
y: -4
},
crosshair: false
},
/**
* Options for the navigator Y axis. Default series options for the
* navigator yAxis are:
* ```js
* yAxis: {
* gridLineWidth: 0,
* startOnTick: false,
* endOnTick: false,
* minPadding: 0.1,
* maxPadding: 0.1,
* labels: {
* enabled: false
* },
* title: {
* text: null
* },
* tickWidth: 0
* }
* ```
*
* @extends yAxis
* @excluding height, linkedTo, maxZoom, minRange, ordinal, range,
* showEmpty, scrollbar, top, units, maxRange, minLength,
* maxLength, resize
*/
yAxis: {
className: 'highcharts-navigator-yaxis',
gridLineWidth: 0,
startOnTick: false,
endOnTick: false,
minPadding: 0.1,
maxPadding: 0.1,
labels: {
enabled: false
},
crosshair: false,
title: {
text: null
},
tickLength: 0,
tickWidth: 0
}
};
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* Maximum range which can be set using the navigator's handles.
* Opposite of [xAxis.minRange](#xAxis.minRange).
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/navigator/maxrange/
* Defined max and min range
*
* @type {number}
* @since 6.0.0
* @product highstock gantt
* @apioption xAxis.maxRange
*/
(''); // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return NavigatorDefaults;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Navigator/NavigatorSymbols.js', [], function () {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
/**
* Draw one of the handles on the side of the zoomed range in the navigator.
* @private
*/
function navigatorHandle(_x, _y, width, height, options = {}) {
const halfWidth = options.width ? options.width / 2 : width, markerPosition = Math.round(halfWidth / 3) + 0.5;
height = options.height || height;
return [
['M', -halfWidth - 1, 0.5],
['L', halfWidth, 0.5],
['L', halfWidth, height + 0.5],
['L', -halfWidth - 1, height + 0.5],
['L', -halfWidth - 1, 0.5],
['M', -markerPosition, 4],
['L', -markerPosition, height - 3],
['M', markerPosition - 1, 4],
['L', markerPosition - 1, height - 3]
];
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const NavigatorSymbols = {
'navigator-handle': navigatorHandle
};
return NavigatorSymbols;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Utilities/StockUtilities.js', [_modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { defined } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Sets the chart.fixedRange to the specified value. If the value is larger
* than actual range, sets it to the maximum possible range. (#20327)
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.StockChart#setFixedRange
* @param {number|undefined} range
* Range to set in axis units.
*/
function setFixedRange(range) {
const xAxis = this.xAxis[0];
if (defined(xAxis.dataMax) &&
defined(xAxis.dataMin) &&
range) {
this.fixedRange = Math.min(range, xAxis.dataMax - xAxis.dataMin);
}
else {
this.fixedRange = range;
}
}
const StockUtilities = {
setFixedRange
};
return StockUtilities;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Navigator/NavigatorComposition.js', [_modules['Core/Defaults.js'], _modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Axis/NavigatorAxisComposition.js'], _modules['Stock/Navigator/NavigatorDefaults.js'], _modules['Stock/Navigator/NavigatorSymbols.js'], _modules['Core/Renderer/RendererRegistry.js'], _modules['Stock/Utilities/StockUtilities.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (D, H, NavigatorAxisAdditions, NavigatorDefaults, NavigatorSymbols, RendererRegistry, StockUtilities, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { setOptions } = D;
const { composed } = H;
const { getRendererType } = RendererRegistry;
const { setFixedRange } = StockUtilities;
const { addEvent, extend, pushUnique } = U;
/* *
*
* Variables
*
* */
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
function compose(ChartClass, AxisClass, SeriesClass) {
NavigatorAxisAdditions.compose(AxisClass);
if (pushUnique(composed, 'Navigator')) {
ChartClass.prototype.setFixedRange = setFixedRange;
extend(getRendererType().prototype.symbols, NavigatorSymbols);
addEvent(SeriesClass, 'afterUpdate', onSeriesAfterUpdate);
setOptions({ navigator: NavigatorDefaults });
}
}
/**
* Handle updating series
* @private
*/
function onSeriesAfterUpdate() {
if (this.chart.navigator && !this.options.isInternal) {
this.chart.navigator.setBaseSeries(null, false);
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const NavigatorComposition = {
compose
};
return NavigatorComposition;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Core/Axis/ScrollbarAxis.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (H, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { composed } = H;
const { addEvent, defined, pick, pushUnique } = U;
/* *
*
* Composition
*
* */
var ScrollbarAxis;
(function (ScrollbarAxis) {
/* *
*
* Variables
*
* */
let Scrollbar;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Attaches to axis events to create scrollbars if enabled.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.Axis} AxisClass
* Axis class to extend.
*
* @param {Highcharts.Scrollbar} ScrollbarClass
* Scrollbar class to use.
*/
function compose(AxisClass, ScrollbarClass) {
if (pushUnique(composed, 'Axis.Scrollbar')) {
Scrollbar = ScrollbarClass;
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterGetOffset', onAxisAfterGetOffset);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterInit', onAxisAfterInit);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterRender', onAxisAfterRender);
}
}
ScrollbarAxis.compose = compose;
/** @private */
function getExtremes(axis) {
const axisMin = pick(axis.options && axis.options.min, axis.min);
const axisMax = pick(axis.options && axis.options.max, axis.max);
return {
axisMin,
axisMax,
scrollMin: defined(axis.dataMin) ?
Math.min(axisMin, axis.min, axis.dataMin, pick(axis.threshold, Infinity)) : axisMin,
scrollMax: defined(axis.dataMax) ?
Math.max(axisMax, axis.max, axis.dataMax, pick(axis.threshold, -Infinity)) : axisMax
};
}
/**
* Make space for a scrollbar.
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterGetOffset() {
const axis = this, scrollbar = axis.scrollbar, opposite = scrollbar && !scrollbar.options.opposite, index = axis.horiz ? 2 : opposite ? 3 : 1;
if (scrollbar) {
// Reset scrollbars offsets
axis.chart.scrollbarsOffsets = [0, 0];
axis.chart.axisOffset[index] +=
scrollbar.size + (scrollbar.options.margin || 0);
}
}
/**
* Wrap axis initialization and create scrollbar if enabled.
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterInit() {
const axis = this;
if (axis.options &&
axis.options.scrollbar &&
axis.options.scrollbar.enabled) {
// Predefined options:
axis.options.scrollbar.vertical = !axis.horiz;
axis.options.startOnTick = axis.options.endOnTick = false;
axis.scrollbar = new Scrollbar(axis.chart.renderer, axis.options.scrollbar, axis.chart);
addEvent(axis.scrollbar, 'changed', function (e) {
const { axisMin, axisMax, scrollMin: unitedMin, scrollMax: unitedMax } = getExtremes(axis), range = unitedMax - unitedMin;
let to, from;
// #12834, scroll when show/hide series, wrong extremes
if (!defined(axisMin) || !defined(axisMax)) {
return;
}
if ((axis.horiz && !axis.reversed) ||
(!axis.horiz && axis.reversed)) {
to = unitedMin + range * this.to;
from = unitedMin + range * this.from;
}
else {
// Y-values in browser are reversed, but this also
// applies for reversed horizontal axis:
to = unitedMin + range * (1 - this.from);
from = unitedMin + range * (1 - this.to);
}
if (this.shouldUpdateExtremes(e.DOMType)) {
// #17977, set animation to undefined instead of true
const animate = e.DOMType === 'mousemove' ||
e.DOMType === 'touchmove' ? false : void 0;
axis.setExtremes(from, to, true, animate, e);
}
else {
// When live redraw is disabled, don't change extremes
// Only change the position of the scrollbar thumb
this.setRange(this.from, this.to);
}
});
}
}
/**
* Wrap rendering axis, and update scrollbar if one is created.
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterRender() {
const axis = this, { scrollMin, scrollMax } = getExtremes(axis), scrollbar = axis.scrollbar, offset = (axis.axisTitleMargin + (axis.titleOffset || 0)), scrollbarsOffsets = axis.chart.scrollbarsOffsets, axisMargin = axis.options.margin || 0;
let offsetsIndex, from, to;
if (scrollbar && scrollbarsOffsets) {
if (axis.horiz) {
// Reserve space for labels/title
if (!axis.opposite) {
scrollbarsOffsets[1] += offset;
}
scrollbar.position(axis.left, (axis.top +
axis.height +
2 +
scrollbarsOffsets[1] -
(axis.opposite ? axisMargin : 0)), axis.width, axis.height);
// Next scrollbar should reserve space for margin (if set)
if (!axis.opposite) {
scrollbarsOffsets[1] += axisMargin;
}
offsetsIndex = 1;
}
else {
// Reserve space for labels/title
if (axis.opposite) {
scrollbarsOffsets[0] += offset;
}
let xPosition;
if (!scrollbar.options.opposite) {
xPosition = axis.opposite ? 0 : axisMargin;
}
else {
xPosition = axis.left +
axis.width +
2 +
scrollbarsOffsets[0] -
(axis.opposite ? 0 : axisMargin);
}
scrollbar.position(xPosition, axis.top, axis.width, axis.height);
// Next scrollbar should reserve space for margin (if set)
if (axis.opposite) {
scrollbarsOffsets[0] += axisMargin;
}
offsetsIndex = 0;
}
scrollbarsOffsets[offsetsIndex] += scrollbar.size +
(scrollbar.options.margin || 0);
if (isNaN(scrollMin) ||
isNaN(scrollMax) ||
!defined(axis.min) ||
!defined(axis.max) ||
axis.min === axis.max // #10733
) {
// Default action: when extremes are the same or there is
// not extremes on the axis, but scrollbar exists, make it
// full size
scrollbar.setRange(0, 1);
}
else {
from = ((axis.min - scrollMin) /
(scrollMax - scrollMin));
to = ((axis.max - scrollMin) /
(scrollMax - scrollMin));
if ((axis.horiz && !axis.reversed) ||
(!axis.horiz && axis.reversed)) {
scrollbar.setRange(from, to);
}
else {
// Inverse vertical axis
scrollbar.setRange(1 - to, 1 - from);
}
}
}
}
})(ScrollbarAxis || (ScrollbarAxis = {}));
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return ScrollbarAxis;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Scrollbar/ScrollbarDefaults.js', [], function () {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
/* *
*
* Constant
*
* */
/**
*
* The scrollbar is a means of panning over the X axis of a stock chart.
* Scrollbars can also be applied to other types of axes.
*
* Another approach to scrollable charts is the [chart.scrollablePlotArea](
* https://api.highcharts.com/highcharts/chart.scrollablePlotArea) option that
* is especially suitable for simpler cartesian charts on mobile.
*
* In styled mode, all the presentational options for the
* scrollbar are replaced by the classes `.highcharts-scrollbar-thumb`,
* `.highcharts-scrollbar-arrow`, `.highcharts-scrollbar-button`,
* `.highcharts-scrollbar-rifles` and `.highcharts-scrollbar-track`.
*
* @sample stock/yaxis/inverted-bar-scrollbar/
* A scrollbar on a simple bar chart
*
* @product highstock gantt
* @optionparent scrollbar
*
* @private
*/
const ScrollbarDefaults = {
/**
* The height of the scrollbar. If `buttonsEnabled` is true , the height
* also applies to the width of the scroll arrows so that they are always
* squares.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Non-default height
*
* @type {number}
*/
height: 10,
/**
* The border rounding radius of the bar.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*/
barBorderRadius: 5,
/**
* The corner radius of the scrollbar buttons.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*/
buttonBorderRadius: 0,
/**
* Enable or disable the buttons at the end of the scrollbar.
*
* @since 11.0.0
*/
buttonsEnabled: false,
/**
* Enable or disable the scrollbar.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/enabled/
* Disable the scrollbar, only use navigator
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default true
* @apioption scrollbar.enabled
*/
/**
* Whether to redraw the main chart as the scrollbar or the navigator
* zoomed window is moved. Defaults to `true` for modern browsers and
* `false` for legacy IE browsers as well as mobile devices.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/liveredraw
* Setting live redraw to false
*
* @type {boolean}
* @since 1.3
*/
liveRedraw: void 0,
/**
* The margin between the scrollbar and its axis when the scrollbar is
* applied directly to an axis, or the navigator in case that is enabled.
* Defaults to 10 for axis, 0 for navigator.
*
* @type {number|undefined}
*/
margin: void 0,
/**
* The minimum width of the scrollbar.
*
* @since 1.2.5
*/
minWidth: 6,
/** @ignore-option */
opposite: true,
/**
* Whether to show or hide the scrollbar when the scrolled content is
* zoomed out to it full extent.
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default true
* @apioption scrollbar.showFull
*/
step: 0.2,
/**
* The z index of the scrollbar group.
*/
zIndex: 3,
/**
* The background color of the scrollbar itself.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
barBackgroundColor: "#cccccc" /* Palette.neutralColor20 */,
/**
* The width of the bar's border.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*/
barBorderWidth: 0,
/**
* The color of the scrollbar's border.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
barBorderColor: "#cccccc" /* Palette.neutralColor20 */,
/**
* The color of the small arrow inside the scrollbar buttons.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
buttonArrowColor: "#333333" /* Palette.neutralColor80 */,
/**
* The color of scrollbar buttons.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
buttonBackgroundColor: "#e6e6e6" /* Palette.neutralColor10 */,
/**
* The color of the border of the scrollbar buttons.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
buttonBorderColor: "#cccccc" /* Palette.neutralColor20 */,
/**
* The border width of the scrollbar buttons.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*/
buttonBorderWidth: 1,
/**
* The color of the small rifles in the middle of the scrollbar.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
rifleColor: 'none',
/**
* The color of the track background.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
trackBackgroundColor: 'rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.001)',
/**
* The color of the border of the scrollbar track.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
*/
trackBorderColor: "#cccccc" /* Palette.neutralColor20 */,
/**
* The corner radius of the border of the scrollbar track.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*/
trackBorderRadius: 5,
/**
* The width of the border of the scrollbar track.
*
* @sample stock/scrollbar/style/
* Scrollbar styling
*/
trackBorderWidth: 1
};
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return ScrollbarDefaults;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Scrollbar/Scrollbar.js', [_modules['Core/Defaults.js'], _modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Axis/ScrollbarAxis.js'], _modules['Stock/Scrollbar/ScrollbarDefaults.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (D, H, ScrollbarAxis, ScrollbarDefaults, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { defaultOptions } = D;
const { addEvent, correctFloat, defined, destroyObjectProperties, fireEvent, merge, pick, removeEvent } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
/* eslint-disable no-invalid-this, valid-jsdoc */
/**
* A reusable scrollbar, internally used in Highcharts Stock's
* navigator and optionally on individual axes.
*
* @private
* @class
* @name Highcharts.Scrollbar
* @param {Highcharts.SVGRenderer} renderer
* @param {Highcharts.ScrollbarOptions} options
* @param {Highcharts.Chart} chart
*/
class Scrollbar {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
static compose(AxisClass) {
ScrollbarAxis.compose(AxisClass, Scrollbar);
}
/**
* When we have vertical scrollbar, rifles and arrow in buttons should be
* rotated. The same method is used in Navigator's handles, to rotate them.
*
* @function Highcharts.swapXY
*
* @param {Highcharts.SVGPathArray} path
* Path to be rotated.
*
* @param {boolean} [vertical]
* If vertical scrollbar, swap x-y values.
*
* @return {Highcharts.SVGPathArray}
* Rotated path.
*
* @requires modules/stock
*/
static swapXY(path, vertical) {
if (vertical) {
path.forEach((seg) => {
const len = seg.length;
let temp;
for (let i = 0; i < len; i += 2) {
temp = seg[i + 1];
if (typeof temp === 'number') {
seg[i + 1] = seg[i + 2];
seg[i + 2] = temp;
}
}
});
}
return path;
}
/* *
*
* Constructors
*
* */
constructor(renderer, options, chart) {
/* *
*
* Properties
*
* */
this._events = [];
this.chartX = 0;
this.chartY = 0;
this.from = 0;
this.scrollbarButtons = [];
this.scrollbarLeft = 0;
this.scrollbarStrokeWidth = 1;
this.scrollbarTop = 0;
this.size = 0;
this.to = 0;
this.trackBorderWidth = 1;
this.x = 0;
this.y = 0;
this.init(renderer, options, chart);
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Set up the mouse and touch events for the Scrollbar
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#addEvents
*/
addEvents() {
const buttonsOrder = this.options.inverted ? [1, 0] : [0, 1], buttons = this.scrollbarButtons, bar = this.scrollbarGroup.element, track = this.track.element, mouseDownHandler = this.mouseDownHandler.bind(this), mouseMoveHandler = this.mouseMoveHandler.bind(this), mouseUpHandler = this.mouseUpHandler.bind(this);
const _events = [
// Mouse events
[
buttons[buttonsOrder[0]].element,
'click',
this.buttonToMinClick.bind(this)
],
[
buttons[buttonsOrder[1]].element,
'click',
this.buttonToMaxClick.bind(this)
],
[track, 'click', this.trackClick.bind(this)],
[bar, 'mousedown', mouseDownHandler],
[bar.ownerDocument, 'mousemove', mouseMoveHandler],
[bar.ownerDocument, 'mouseup', mouseUpHandler],
// Touch events
[bar, 'touchstart', mouseDownHandler],
[bar.ownerDocument, 'touchmove', mouseMoveHandler],
[bar.ownerDocument, 'touchend', mouseUpHandler]
];
// Add them all
_events.forEach(function (args) {
addEvent.apply(null, args);
});
this._events = _events;
}
buttonToMaxClick(e) {
const scroller = this;
const range = ((scroller.to - scroller.from) *
pick(scroller.options.step, 0.2));
scroller.updatePosition(scroller.from + range, scroller.to + range);
fireEvent(scroller, 'changed', {
from: scroller.from,
to: scroller.to,
trigger: 'scrollbar',
DOMEvent: e
});
}
buttonToMinClick(e) {
const scroller = this;
const range = correctFloat(scroller.to - scroller.from) *
pick(scroller.options.step, 0.2);
scroller.updatePosition(correctFloat(scroller.from - range), correctFloat(scroller.to - range));
fireEvent(scroller, 'changed', {
from: scroller.from,
to: scroller.to,
trigger: 'scrollbar',
DOMEvent: e
});
}
/**
* Get normalized (0-1) cursor position over the scrollbar
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#cursorToScrollbarPosition
*
* @param {*} normalizedEvent
* normalized event, with chartX and chartY values
*
* @return {Highcharts.Dictionary<number>}
* Local position {chartX, chartY}
*/
cursorToScrollbarPosition(normalizedEvent) {
const scroller = this, options = scroller.options, minWidthDifference = options.minWidth > scroller.calculatedWidth ?
options.minWidth :
0; // `minWidth` distorts translation
return {
chartX: (normalizedEvent.chartX - scroller.x -
scroller.xOffset) /
(scroller.barWidth - minWidthDifference),
chartY: (normalizedEvent.chartY - scroller.y -
scroller.yOffset) /
(scroller.barWidth - minWidthDifference)
};
}
/**
* Destroys allocated elements.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#destroy
*/
destroy() {
const scroller = this, navigator = scroller.chart.scroller;
// Disconnect events added in addEvents
scroller.removeEvents();
// Destroy properties
[
'track',
'scrollbarRifles',
'scrollbar',
'scrollbarGroup',
'group'
].forEach(function (prop) {
if (scroller[prop] && scroller[prop].destroy) {
scroller[prop] = scroller[prop].destroy();
}
});
// #6421, chart may have more scrollbars
if (navigator && scroller === navigator.scrollbar) {
navigator.scrollbar = null;
// Destroy elements in collection
destroyObjectProperties(navigator.scrollbarButtons);
}
}
/**
* Draw the scrollbar buttons with arrows
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#drawScrollbarButton
* @param {number} index
* 0 is left, 1 is right
*/
drawScrollbarButton(index) {
const scroller = this, renderer = scroller.renderer, scrollbarButtons = scroller.scrollbarButtons, options = scroller.options, size = scroller.size, group = renderer.g().add(scroller.group);
scrollbarButtons.push(group);
if (options.buttonsEnabled) {
// Create a rectangle for the scrollbar button
const rect = renderer.rect()
.addClass('highcharts-scrollbar-button')
.add(group);
// Presentational attributes
if (!scroller.chart.styledMode) {
rect.attr({
stroke: options.buttonBorderColor,
'stroke-width': options.buttonBorderWidth,
fill: options.buttonBackgroundColor
});
}
// Place the rectangle based on the rendered stroke width
rect.attr(rect.crisp({
x: -0.5,
y: -0.5,
// +1 to compensate for crispifying in rect method
width: size + 1,
height: size + 1,
r: options.buttonBorderRadius
}, rect.strokeWidth()));
// Button arrow
const arrow = renderer
.path(Scrollbar.swapXY([[
'M',
size / 2 + (index ? -1 : 1),
size / 2 - 3
], [
'L',
size / 2 + (index ? -1 : 1),
size / 2 + 3
], [
'L',
size / 2 + (index ? 2 : -2),
size / 2
]], options.vertical))
.addClass('highcharts-scrollbar-arrow')
.add(scrollbarButtons[index]);
if (!scroller.chart.styledMode) {
arrow.attr({
fill: options.buttonArrowColor
});
}
}
}
/**
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#init
* @param {Highcharts.SVGRenderer} renderer
* @param {Highcharts.ScrollbarOptions} options
* @param {Highcharts.Chart} chart
*/
init(renderer, options, chart) {
const scroller = this;
scroller.scrollbarButtons = [];
scroller.renderer = renderer;
scroller.userOptions = options;
scroller.options = merge(ScrollbarDefaults, defaultOptions.scrollbar, options);
scroller.options.margin = pick(scroller.options.margin, 10);
scroller.chart = chart;
// Backward compatibility
scroller.size = pick(scroller.options.size, scroller.options.height);
// Init
if (options.enabled) {
scroller.render();
scroller.addEvents();
}
}
mouseDownHandler(e) {
const scroller = this, normalizedEvent = scroller.chart.pointer?.normalize(e) || e, mousePosition = scroller.cursorToScrollbarPosition(normalizedEvent);
scroller.chartX = mousePosition.chartX;
scroller.chartY = mousePosition.chartY;
scroller.initPositions = [scroller.from, scroller.to];
scroller.grabbedCenter = true;
}
/**
* Event handler for the mouse move event.
* @private
*/
mouseMoveHandler(e) {
const scroller = this, normalizedEvent = scroller.chart.pointer?.normalize(e) || e, options = scroller.options, direction = options.vertical ?
'chartY' : 'chartX', initPositions = scroller.initPositions || [];
let scrollPosition, chartPosition, change;
// In iOS, a mousemove event with e.pageX === 0 is fired when
// holding the finger down in the center of the scrollbar. This
// should be ignored.
if (scroller.grabbedCenter &&
// #4696, scrollbar failed on Android
(!e.touches || e.touches[0][direction] !== 0)) {
chartPosition = scroller.cursorToScrollbarPosition(normalizedEvent)[direction];
scrollPosition = scroller[direction];
change = chartPosition - scrollPosition;
scroller.hasDragged = true;
scroller.updatePosition(initPositions[0] + change, initPositions[1] + change);
if (scroller.hasDragged) {
fireEvent(scroller, 'changed', {
from: scroller.from,
to: scroller.to,
trigger: 'scrollbar',
DOMType: e.type,
DOMEvent: e
});
}
}
}
/**
* Event handler for the mouse up event.
* @private
*/
mouseUpHandler(e) {
const scroller = this;
if (scroller.hasDragged) {
fireEvent(scroller, 'changed', {
from: scroller.from,
to: scroller.to,
trigger: 'scrollbar',
DOMType: e.type,
DOMEvent: e
});
}
scroller.grabbedCenter =
scroller.hasDragged =
scroller.chartX =
scroller.chartY = null;
}
/**
* Position the scrollbar, method called from a parent with defined
* dimensions.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#position
* @param {number} x
* x-position on the chart
* @param {number} y
* y-position on the chart
* @param {number} width
* width of the scrollbar
* @param {number} height
* height of the scrollbar
*/
position(x, y, width, height) {
const scroller = this, options = scroller.options, { buttonsEnabled, margin = 0, vertical } = options, method = scroller.rendered ? 'animate' : 'attr';
let xOffset = height, yOffset = 0;
// Make the scrollbar visible when it is repositioned, #15763.
scroller.group.show();
scroller.x = x;
scroller.y = y + this.trackBorderWidth;
scroller.width = width; // Width with buttons
scroller.height = height;
scroller.xOffset = xOffset;
scroller.yOffset = yOffset;
// If Scrollbar is a vertical type, swap options:
if (vertical) {
scroller.width = scroller.yOffset = width = yOffset = scroller.size;
scroller.xOffset = xOffset = 0;
scroller.yOffset = yOffset = buttonsEnabled ? scroller.size : 0;
// Width without buttons
scroller.barWidth = height - (buttonsEnabled ? width * 2 : 0);
scroller.x = x = x + margin;
}
else {
scroller.height = height = scroller.size;
scroller.xOffset = xOffset = buttonsEnabled ? scroller.size : 0;
// Width without buttons
scroller.barWidth = width - (buttonsEnabled ? height * 2 : 0);
scroller.y = scroller.y + margin;
}
// Set general position for a group:
scroller.group[method]({
translateX: x,
translateY: scroller.y
});
// Resize background/track:
scroller.track[method]({
width: width,
height: height
});
// Move right/bottom button to its place:
scroller.scrollbarButtons[1][method]({
translateX: vertical ? 0 : width - xOffset,
translateY: vertical ? height - yOffset : 0
});
}
/**
* Removes the event handlers attached previously with addEvents.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#removeEvents
*/
removeEvents() {
this._events.forEach(function (args) {
removeEvent.apply(null, args);
});
this._events.length = 0;
}
/**
* Render scrollbar with all required items.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#render
*/
render() {
const scroller = this, renderer = scroller.renderer, options = scroller.options, size = scroller.size, styledMode = scroller.chart.styledMode, group = renderer.g('scrollbar')
.attr({
zIndex: options.zIndex
})
.hide() // Initially hide the scrollbar #15863
.add();
// Draw the scrollbar group
scroller.group = group;
// Draw the scrollbar track:
scroller.track = renderer.rect()
.addClass('highcharts-scrollbar-track')
.attr({
r: options.trackBorderRadius || 0,
height: size,
width: size
}).add(group);
if (!styledMode) {
scroller.track.attr({
fill: options.trackBackgroundColor,
stroke: options.trackBorderColor,
'stroke-width': options.trackBorderWidth
});
}
const trackBorderWidth = scroller.trackBorderWidth =
scroller.track.strokeWidth();
scroller.track.attr({
x: -trackBorderWidth % 2 / 2,
y: -trackBorderWidth % 2 / 2
});
// Draw the scrollbar itself
scroller.scrollbarGroup = renderer.g().add(group);
scroller.scrollbar = renderer.rect()
.addClass('highcharts-scrollbar-thumb')
.attr({
height: size - trackBorderWidth,
width: size - trackBorderWidth,
r: options.barBorderRadius || 0
}).add(scroller.scrollbarGroup);
scroller.scrollbarRifles = renderer
.path(Scrollbar.swapXY([
['M', -3, size / 4],
['L', -3, 2 * size / 3],
['M', 0, size / 4],
['L', 0, 2 * size / 3],
['M', 3, size / 4],
['L', 3, 2 * size / 3]
], options.vertical))
.addClass('highcharts-scrollbar-rifles')
.add(scroller.scrollbarGroup);
if (!styledMode) {
scroller.scrollbar.attr({
fill: options.barBackgroundColor,
stroke: options.barBorderColor,
'stroke-width': options.barBorderWidth
});
scroller.scrollbarRifles.attr({
stroke: options.rifleColor,
'stroke-width': 1
});
}
scroller.scrollbarStrokeWidth = scroller.scrollbar.strokeWidth();
scroller.scrollbarGroup.translate(-scroller.scrollbarStrokeWidth % 2 / 2, -scroller.scrollbarStrokeWidth % 2 / 2);
// Draw the buttons:
scroller.drawScrollbarButton(0);
scroller.drawScrollbarButton(1);
}
/**
* Set scrollbar size, with a given scale.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#setRange
* @param {number} from
* scale (0-1) where bar should start
* @param {number} to
* scale (0-1) where bar should end
*/
setRange(from, to) {
const scroller = this, options = scroller.options, vertical = options.vertical, minWidth = options.minWidth, fullWidth = scroller.barWidth, method = (this.rendered &&
!this.hasDragged &&
!(this.chart.navigator && this.chart.navigator.hasDragged)) ? 'animate' : 'attr';
if (!defined(fullWidth)) {
return;
}
const toPX = fullWidth * Math.min(to, 1);
let fromPX, newSize;
from = Math.max(from, 0);
fromPX = Math.ceil(fullWidth * from);
scroller.calculatedWidth = newSize = correctFloat(toPX - fromPX);
// We need to recalculate position, if minWidth is used
if (newSize < minWidth) {
fromPX = (fullWidth - minWidth + newSize) * from;
newSize = minWidth;
}
const newPos = Math.floor(fromPX + scroller.xOffset + scroller.yOffset);
const newRiflesPos = newSize / 2 - 0.5; // -0.5 -> rifle line width / 2
// Store current position:
scroller.from = from;
scroller.to = to;
if (!vertical) {
scroller.scrollbarGroup[method]({
translateX: newPos
});
scroller.scrollbar[method]({
width: newSize
});
scroller.scrollbarRifles[method]({
translateX: newRiflesPos
});
scroller.scrollbarLeft = newPos;
scroller.scrollbarTop = 0;
}
else {
scroller.scrollbarGroup[method]({
translateY: newPos
});
scroller.scrollbar[method]({
height: newSize
});
scroller.scrollbarRifles[method]({
translateY: newRiflesPos
});
scroller.scrollbarTop = newPos;
scroller.scrollbarLeft = 0;
}
if (newSize <= 12) {
scroller.scrollbarRifles.hide();
}
else {
scroller.scrollbarRifles.show();
}
// Show or hide the scrollbar based on the showFull setting
if (options.showFull === false) {
if (from <= 0 && to >= 1) {
scroller.group.hide();
}
else {
scroller.group.show();
}
}
scroller.rendered = true;
}
/**
* Checks if the extremes should be updated in response to a scrollbar
* change event.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#shouldUpdateExtremes
*/
shouldUpdateExtremes(eventType) {
return (pick(this.options.liveRedraw, H.svg &&
!H.isTouchDevice &&
!this.chart.boosted) ||
// Mouseup always should change extremes
eventType === 'mouseup' ||
eventType === 'touchend' ||
// Internal events
!defined(eventType));
}
trackClick(e) {
const scroller = this;
const normalizedEvent = scroller.chart.pointer?.normalize(e) || e, range = scroller.to - scroller.from, top = scroller.y + scroller.scrollbarTop, left = scroller.x + scroller.scrollbarLeft;
if ((scroller.options.vertical && normalizedEvent.chartY > top) ||
(!scroller.options.vertical && normalizedEvent.chartX > left)) {
// On the top or on the left side of the track:
scroller.updatePosition(scroller.from + range, scroller.to + range);
}
else {
// On the bottom or the right side of the track:
scroller.updatePosition(scroller.from - range, scroller.to - range);
}
fireEvent(scroller, 'changed', {
from: scroller.from,
to: scroller.to,
trigger: 'scrollbar',
DOMEvent: e
});
}
/**
* Update the scrollbar with new options
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#update
* @param {Highcharts.ScrollbarOptions} options
*/
update(options) {
this.destroy();
this.init(this.chart.renderer, merge(true, this.options, options), this.chart);
}
/**
* Update position option in the Scrollbar, with normalized 0-1 scale
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Scrollbar#updatePosition
* @param {number} from
* @param {number} to
*/
updatePosition(from, to) {
if (to > 1) {
from = correctFloat(1 - correctFloat(to - from));
to = 1;
}
if (from < 0) {
to = correctFloat(to - from);
from = 0;
}
this.from = from;
this.to = to;
}
}
/* *
*
* Static Properties
*
* */
Scrollbar.defaultOptions = ScrollbarDefaults;
/* *
*
* Registry
*
* */
defaultOptions.scrollbar = merge(true, Scrollbar.defaultOptions, defaultOptions.scrollbar);
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return Scrollbar;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/Navigator/Navigator.js', [_modules['Core/Axis/Axis.js'], _modules['Stock/Navigator/ChartNavigatorComposition.js'], _modules['Core/Defaults.js'], _modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Axis/NavigatorAxisComposition.js'], _modules['Stock/Navigator/NavigatorComposition.js'], _modules['Stock/Scrollbar/Scrollbar.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (Axis, ChartNavigatorComposition, D, H, NavigatorAxisAdditions, NavigatorComposition, Scrollbar, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { defaultOptions } = D;
const { isTouchDevice } = H;
const { addEvent, clamp, correctFloat, defined, destroyObjectProperties, erase, extend, find, fireEvent, isArray, isNumber, merge, pick, removeEvent, splat } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Finding the min or max of a set of variables where we don't know if they are
* defined, is a pattern that is repeated several places in Highcharts. Consider
* making this a global utility method.
* @private
*/
function numExt(extreme, ...args) {
const numbers = [].filter.call(args, isNumber);
if (numbers.length) {
return Math[extreme].apply(0, numbers);
}
}
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* The Navigator class
*
* @private
* @class
* @name Highcharts.Navigator
*
* @param {Highcharts.Chart} chart
* Chart object
*/
class Navigator {
/* *
*
* Static Properties
*
* */
static compose(ChartClass, AxisClass, SeriesClass) {
ChartNavigatorComposition.compose(ChartClass, Navigator);
NavigatorComposition.compose(ChartClass, AxisClass, SeriesClass);
}
/* *
*
* Constructor
*
* */
constructor(chart) {
this.scrollbarHeight = 0;
this.init(chart);
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Draw one of the handles on the side of the zoomed range in the navigator.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#drawHandle
*
* @param {number} x
* The x center for the handle
*
* @param {number} index
* 0 for left and 1 for right
*
* @param {boolean|undefined} inverted
* Flag for chart.inverted
*
* @param {string} verb
* Use 'animate' or 'attr'
*/
drawHandle(x, index, inverted, verb) {
const navigator = this, height = navigator.navigatorOptions.handles.height;
// Place it
navigator.handles[index][verb](inverted ? {
translateX: Math.round(navigator.left + navigator.height / 2),
translateY: Math.round(navigator.top + parseInt(x, 10) + 0.5 - height)
} : {
translateX: Math.round(navigator.left + parseInt(x, 10)),
translateY: Math.round(navigator.top + navigator.height / 2 - height / 2 - 1)
});
}
/**
* Render outline around the zoomed range
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#drawOutline
*
* @param {number} zoomedMin
* in pixels position where zoomed range starts
*
* @param {number} zoomedMax
* in pixels position where zoomed range ends
*
* @param {boolean|undefined} inverted
* flag if chart is inverted
*
* @param {string} verb
* use 'animate' or 'attr'
*/
drawOutline(zoomedMin, zoomedMax, inverted, verb) {
const navigator = this, maskInside = navigator.navigatorOptions.maskInside, outlineWidth = navigator.outline.strokeWidth(), halfOutline = outlineWidth / 2, outlineCorrection = (outlineWidth % 2) / 2, // #5800
scrollButtonSize = navigator.scrollButtonSize, navigatorSize = navigator.size, navigatorTop = navigator.top, height = navigator.height, lineTop = navigatorTop - halfOutline, lineBtm = navigatorTop + height;
let left = navigator.left, verticalMin, path;
if (inverted) {
verticalMin = navigatorTop + zoomedMax + outlineCorrection;
zoomedMax = navigatorTop + zoomedMin + outlineCorrection;
path = [
[
'M',
left + height,
navigatorTop - scrollButtonSize - outlineCorrection
],
// Top right of zoomed range
['L', left + height, verticalMin],
['L', left, verticalMin],
['M', left, zoomedMax],
['L', left + height, zoomedMax],
[
'L',
left + height,
navigatorTop + navigatorSize + scrollButtonSize
]
];
if (maskInside) {
path.push(
// Upper left of zoomed range
['M', left + height, verticalMin - halfOutline],
// Upper right of z.r.
[
'L',
left + height,
zoomedMax + halfOutline
]);
}
}
else {
left -= scrollButtonSize;
zoomedMin += left + scrollButtonSize - outlineCorrection;
zoomedMax += left + scrollButtonSize - outlineCorrection;
path = [
// Left
['M', left, lineTop],
// Upper left of zoomed range
['L', zoomedMin, lineTop],
// Lower left of z.r.
['L', zoomedMin, lineBtm],
// Lower right of z.r.
['M', zoomedMax, lineBtm],
// Upper right of z.r.
['L', zoomedMax, lineTop],
// Right
[
'L',
left + navigatorSize + scrollButtonSize * 2,
navigatorTop + halfOutline
]
];
if (maskInside) {
path.push(
// Upper left of zoomed range
['M', zoomedMin - halfOutline, lineTop],
// Upper right of z.r.
['L', zoomedMax + halfOutline, lineTop]);
}
}
navigator.outline[verb]({
d: path
});
}
/**
* Render outline around the zoomed range
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#drawMasks
*
* @param {number} zoomedMin
* in pixels position where zoomed range starts
*
* @param {number} zoomedMax
* in pixels position where zoomed range ends
*
* @param {boolean|undefined} inverted
* flag if chart is inverted
*
* @param {string} verb
* use 'animate' or 'attr'
*/
drawMasks(zoomedMin, zoomedMax, inverted, verb) {
const navigator = this, left = navigator.left, top = navigator.top, navigatorHeight = navigator.height;
let height, width, x, y;
// Determine rectangle position & size
// According to (non)inverted position:
if (inverted) {
x = [left, left, left];
y = [top, top + zoomedMin, top + zoomedMax];
width = [navigatorHeight, navigatorHeight, navigatorHeight];
height = [
zoomedMin,
zoomedMax - zoomedMin,
navigator.size - zoomedMax
];
}
else {
x = [left, left + zoomedMin, left + zoomedMax];
y = [top, top, top];
width = [
zoomedMin,
zoomedMax - zoomedMin,
navigator.size - zoomedMax
];
height = [navigatorHeight, navigatorHeight, navigatorHeight];
}
navigator.shades.forEach((shade, i) => {
shade[verb]({
x: x[i],
y: y[i],
width: width[i],
height: height[i]
});
});
}
/**
* Generate DOM elements for a navigator:
*
* - main navigator group
*
* - all shades
*
* - outline
*
* - handles
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#renderElements
*/
renderElements() {
const navigator = this, navigatorOptions = navigator.navigatorOptions, maskInside = navigatorOptions.maskInside, chart = navigator.chart, inverted = chart.inverted, renderer = chart.renderer, mouseCursor = {
cursor: inverted ? 'ns-resize' : 'ew-resize'
},
// Create the main navigator group
navigatorGroup = navigator.navigatorGroup = renderer
.g('navigator')
.attr({
zIndex: 8,
visibility: 'hidden'
})
.add();
// Create masks, each mask will get events and fill:
[
!maskInside,
maskInside,
!maskInside
].forEach((hasMask, index) => {
const shade = renderer.rect()
.addClass('highcharts-navigator-mask' +
(index === 1 ? '-inside' : '-outside'))
.add(navigatorGroup);
if (!chart.styledMode) {
shade.attr({
fill: hasMask ?
navigatorOptions.maskFill :
'rgba(0,0,0,0)'
});
if (index === 1) {
shade.css(mouseCursor);
}
}
navigator.shades[index] = shade;
});
// Create the outline:
navigator.outline = renderer.path()
.addClass('highcharts-navigator-outline')
.add(navigatorGroup);
if (!chart.styledMode) {
navigator.outline.attr({
'stroke-width': navigatorOptions.outlineWidth,
stroke: navigatorOptions.outlineColor
});
}
// Create the handlers:
if (navigatorOptions.handles && navigatorOptions.handles.enabled) {
const handlesOptions = navigatorOptions.handles, { height, width } = handlesOptions;
[0, 1].forEach((index) => {
navigator.handles[index] = renderer.symbol(handlesOptions.symbols[index], -width / 2 - 1, 0, width, height, handlesOptions);
if (chart.inverted) {
navigator.handles[index].attr({
rotation: 90,
rotationOriginX: Math.floor(-width / 2),
rotationOriginY: (height + width) / 2
});
}
// Z index is 6 for right handle, 7 for left. Can't be 10,
// because of the tooltip in inverted chart (#2908).
navigator.handles[index].attr({ zIndex: 7 - index })
.addClass('highcharts-navigator-handle ' +
'highcharts-navigator-handle-' +
['left', 'right'][index]).add(navigatorGroup);
if (!chart.styledMode) {
navigator.handles[index]
.attr({
fill: handlesOptions.backgroundColor,
stroke: handlesOptions.borderColor,
'stroke-width': handlesOptions.lineWidth
})
.css(mouseCursor);
}
});
}
}
/**
* Update navigator
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#update
*
* @param {Highcharts.NavigatorOptions} options
* Options to merge in when updating navigator
*/
update(options) {
// Remove references to old navigator series in base series
(this.series || []).forEach((series) => {
if (series.baseSeries) {
delete series.baseSeries.navigatorSeries;
}
});
// Destroy and rebuild navigator
this.destroy();
const chartOptions = this.chart.options;
merge(true, chartOptions.navigator, options);
this.init(this.chart);
}
/**
* Render the navigator
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#render
* @param {number} min
* X axis value minimum
* @param {number} max
* X axis value maximum
* @param {number} [pxMin]
* Pixel value minimum
* @param {number} [pxMax]
* Pixel value maximum
*/
render(min, max, pxMin, pxMax) {
const navigator = this, chart = navigator.chart, xAxis = navigator.xAxis, pointRange = xAxis.pointRange || 0, scrollbarXAxis = xAxis.navigatorAxis.fake ? chart.xAxis[0] : xAxis, navigatorEnabled = navigator.navigatorEnabled, rendered = navigator.rendered, inverted = chart.inverted, minRange = chart.xAxis[0].minRange, maxRange = chart.xAxis[0].options.maxRange, scrollButtonSize = navigator.scrollButtonSize;
let navigatorWidth, scrollbarLeft, scrollbarTop, scrollbarHeight = navigator.scrollbarHeight, navigatorSize, verb;
// Don't redraw while moving the handles (#4703).
if (this.hasDragged && !defined(pxMin)) {
return;
}
min = correctFloat(min - pointRange / 2);
max = correctFloat(max + pointRange / 2);
// Don't render the navigator until we have data (#486, #4202, #5172).
if (!isNumber(min) || !isNumber(max)) {
// However, if navigator was already rendered, we may need to resize
// it. For example hidden series, but visible navigator (#6022).
if (rendered) {
pxMin = 0;
pxMax = pick(xAxis.width, scrollbarXAxis.width);
}
else {
return;
}
}
navigator.left = pick(xAxis.left,
// In case of scrollbar only, without navigator
chart.plotLeft + scrollButtonSize +
(inverted ? chart.plotWidth : 0));
let zoomedMax = navigator.size = navigatorSize = pick(xAxis.len, (inverted ? chart.plotHeight : chart.plotWidth) -
2 * scrollButtonSize);
if (inverted) {
navigatorWidth = scrollbarHeight;
}
else {
navigatorWidth = navigatorSize + 2 * scrollButtonSize;
}
// Get the pixel position of the handles
pxMin = pick(pxMin, xAxis.toPixels(min, true));
pxMax = pick(pxMax, xAxis.toPixels(max, true));
// Verify (#1851, #2238)
if (!isNumber(pxMin) || Math.abs(pxMin) === Infinity) {
pxMin = 0;
pxMax = navigatorWidth;
}
// Are we below the minRange? (#2618, #6191)
const newMin = xAxis.toValue(pxMin, true), newMax = xAxis.toValue(pxMax, true), currentRange = Math.abs(correctFloat(newMax - newMin));
if (currentRange < minRange) {
if (this.grabbedLeft) {
pxMin = xAxis.toPixels(newMax - minRange - pointRange, true);
}
else if (this.grabbedRight) {
pxMax = xAxis.toPixels(newMin + minRange + pointRange, true);
}
}
else if (defined(maxRange) &&
correctFloat(currentRange - pointRange) > maxRange) {
if (this.grabbedLeft) {
pxMin = xAxis.toPixels(newMax - maxRange - pointRange, true);
}
else if (this.grabbedRight) {
pxMax = xAxis.toPixels(newMin + maxRange + pointRange, true);
}
}
// Handles are allowed to cross, but never exceed the plot area
navigator.zoomedMax = clamp(Math.max(pxMin, pxMax), 0, zoomedMax);
navigator.zoomedMin = clamp(navigator.fixedWidth ?
navigator.zoomedMax - navigator.fixedWidth :
Math.min(pxMin, pxMax), 0, zoomedMax);
navigator.range = navigator.zoomedMax - navigator.zoomedMin;
zoomedMax = Math.round(navigator.zoomedMax);
const zoomedMin = Math.round(navigator.zoomedMin);
if (navigatorEnabled) {
navigator.navigatorGroup.attr({
visibility: 'inherit'
});
// Place elements
verb = rendered && !navigator.hasDragged ? 'animate' : 'attr';
navigator.drawMasks(zoomedMin, zoomedMax, inverted, verb);
navigator.drawOutline(zoomedMin, zoomedMax, inverted, verb);
if (navigator.navigatorOptions.handles.enabled) {
navigator.drawHandle(zoomedMin, 0, inverted, verb);
navigator.drawHandle(zoomedMax, 1, inverted, verb);
}
}
if (navigator.scrollbar) {
if (inverted) {
scrollbarTop = navigator.top - scrollButtonSize;
scrollbarLeft = navigator.left - scrollbarHeight +
(navigatorEnabled || !scrollbarXAxis.opposite ? 0 :
// Multiple axes has offsets:
(scrollbarXAxis.titleOffset || 0) +
// Self margin from the axis.title
scrollbarXAxis.axisTitleMargin);
scrollbarHeight = navigatorSize + 2 * scrollButtonSize;
}
else {
scrollbarTop = navigator.top + (navigatorEnabled ?
navigator.height :
-scrollbarHeight);
scrollbarLeft = navigator.left - scrollButtonSize;
}
// Reposition scrollbar
navigator.scrollbar.position(scrollbarLeft, scrollbarTop, navigatorWidth, scrollbarHeight);
// Keep scale 0-1
navigator.scrollbar.setRange(
// Use real value, not rounded because range can be very small
// (#1716)
navigator.zoomedMin / (navigatorSize || 1), navigator.zoomedMax / (navigatorSize || 1));
}
navigator.rendered = true;
fireEvent(this, 'afterRender');
}
/**
* Set up the mouse and touch events for the navigator
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#addMouseEvents
*/
addMouseEvents() {
const navigator = this, chart = navigator.chart, container = chart.container;
let eventsToUnbind = [], mouseMoveHandler, mouseUpHandler;
/**
* Create mouse events' handlers.
* Make them as separate functions to enable wrapping them:
*/
navigator.mouseMoveHandler = mouseMoveHandler = function (e) {
navigator.onMouseMove(e);
};
navigator.mouseUpHandler = mouseUpHandler = function (e) {
navigator.onMouseUp(e);
};
// Add shades and handles mousedown events
eventsToUnbind = navigator.getPartsEvents('mousedown');
eventsToUnbind.push(
// Add mouse move and mouseup events. These are bind to doc/div,
// because Navigator.grabbedSomething flags are stored in mousedown
// events
addEvent(chart.renderTo, 'mousemove', mouseMoveHandler), addEvent(container.ownerDocument, 'mouseup', mouseUpHandler),
// Touch events
addEvent(chart.renderTo, 'touchmove', mouseMoveHandler), addEvent(container.ownerDocument, 'touchend', mouseUpHandler));
eventsToUnbind.concat(navigator.getPartsEvents('touchstart'));
navigator.eventsToUnbind = eventsToUnbind;
// Data events
if (navigator.series && navigator.series[0]) {
eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(navigator.series[0].xAxis, 'foundExtremes', function () {
chart.navigator.modifyNavigatorAxisExtremes();
}));
}
}
/**
* Generate events for handles and masks
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#getPartsEvents
*
* @param {string} eventName
* Event name handler, 'mousedown' or 'touchstart'
*
* @return {Array<Function>}
* An array of functions to remove navigator functions from the
* events again.
*/
getPartsEvents(eventName) {
const navigator = this, events = [];
['shades', 'handles'].forEach(function (name) {
navigator[name].forEach(function (navigatorItem, index) {
events.push(addEvent(navigatorItem.element, eventName, function (e) {
navigator[name + 'Mousedown'](e, index);
}));
});
});
return events;
}
/**
* Mousedown on a shaded mask, either:
*
* - will be stored for future drag&drop
*
* - will directly shift to a new range
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#shadesMousedown
*
* @param {Highcharts.PointerEventObject} e
* Mouse event
*
* @param {number} index
* Index of a mask in Navigator.shades array
*/
shadesMousedown(e, index) {
e = this.chart.pointer?.normalize(e) || e;
const navigator = this, chart = navigator.chart, xAxis = navigator.xAxis, zoomedMin = navigator.zoomedMin, navigatorSize = navigator.size, range = navigator.range;
let navigatorPosition = navigator.left, chartX = e.chartX, fixedMax, fixedMin, ext, left;
// For inverted chart, swap some options:
if (chart.inverted) {
chartX = e.chartY;
navigatorPosition = navigator.top;
}
if (index === 1) {
// Store information for drag&drop
navigator.grabbedCenter = chartX;
navigator.fixedWidth = range;
navigator.dragOffset = chartX - zoomedMin;
}
else {
// Shift the range by clicking on shaded areas
left = chartX - navigatorPosition - range / 2;
if (index === 0) {
left = Math.max(0, left);
}
else if (index === 2 && left + range >= navigatorSize) {
left = navigatorSize - range;
if (navigator.reversedExtremes) {
// #7713
left -= range;
fixedMin = navigator.getUnionExtremes().dataMin;
}
else {
// #2293, #3543
fixedMax = navigator.getUnionExtremes().dataMax;
}
}
if (left !== zoomedMin) { // It has actually moved
navigator.fixedWidth = range; // #1370
ext = xAxis.navigatorAxis.toFixedRange(left, left + range, fixedMin, fixedMax);
if (defined(ext.min)) { // #7411
fireEvent(this, 'setRange', {
min: Math.min(ext.min, ext.max),
max: Math.max(ext.min, ext.max),
redraw: true,
eventArguments: {
trigger: 'navigator'
}
});
}
}
}
}
/**
* Mousedown on a handle mask.
* Will store necessary information for drag&drop.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#handlesMousedown
* @param {Highcharts.PointerEventObject} e
* Mouse event
* @param {number} index
* Index of a handle in Navigator.handles array
*/
handlesMousedown(e, index) {
e = this.chart.pointer?.normalize(e) || e;
const navigator = this, chart = navigator.chart, baseXAxis = chart.xAxis[0],
// For reversed axes, min and max are changed,
// so the other extreme should be stored
reverse = navigator.reversedExtremes;
if (index === 0) {
// Grab the left handle
navigator.grabbedLeft = true;
navigator.otherHandlePos = navigator.zoomedMax;
navigator.fixedExtreme = reverse ? baseXAxis.min : baseXAxis.max;
}
else {
// Grab the right handle
navigator.grabbedRight = true;
navigator.otherHandlePos = navigator.zoomedMin;
navigator.fixedExtreme = reverse ? baseXAxis.max : baseXAxis.min;
}
chart.setFixedRange(void 0);
}
/**
* Mouse move event based on x/y mouse position.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#onMouseMove
*
* @param {Highcharts.PointerEventObject} e
* Mouse event
*/
onMouseMove(e) {
const navigator = this, chart = navigator.chart, navigatorSize = navigator.navigatorSize, range = navigator.range, dragOffset = navigator.dragOffset, inverted = chart.inverted;
let left = navigator.left, chartX;
// In iOS, a mousemove event with e.pageX === 0 is fired when holding
// the finger down in the center of the scrollbar. This should be
// ignored.
if (!e.touches || e.touches[0].pageX !== 0) { // #4696
e = chart.pointer?.normalize(e) || e;
chartX = e.chartX;
// Swap some options for inverted chart
if (inverted) {
left = navigator.top;
chartX = e.chartY;
}
// Drag left handle or top handle
if (navigator.grabbedLeft) {
navigator.hasDragged = true;
navigator.render(0, 0, chartX - left, navigator.otherHandlePos);
// Drag right handle or bottom handle
}
else if (navigator.grabbedRight) {
navigator.hasDragged = true;
navigator.render(0, 0, navigator.otherHandlePos, chartX - left);
// Drag scrollbar or open area in navigator
}
else if (navigator.grabbedCenter) {
navigator.hasDragged = true;
if (chartX < dragOffset) { // Outside left
chartX = dragOffset;
// Outside right
}
else if (chartX >
navigatorSize + dragOffset - range) {
chartX = navigatorSize + dragOffset - range;
}
navigator.render(0, 0, chartX - dragOffset, chartX - dragOffset + range);
}
if (navigator.hasDragged &&
navigator.scrollbar &&
pick(navigator.scrollbar.options.liveRedraw,
// By default, don't run live redraw on touch
// devices or if the chart is in boost.
!isTouchDevice &&
!this.chart.boosted)) {
e.DOMType = e.type;
setTimeout(function () {
navigator.onMouseUp(e);
}, 0);
}
}
}
/**
* Mouse up event based on x/y mouse position.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#onMouseUp
* @param {Highcharts.PointerEventObject} e
* Mouse event
*/
onMouseUp(e) {
const navigator = this, chart = navigator.chart, xAxis = navigator.xAxis, scrollbar = navigator.scrollbar, DOMEvent = e.DOMEvent || e, inverted = chart.inverted, verb = navigator.rendered && !navigator.hasDragged ?
'animate' : 'attr';
let zoomedMax, zoomedMin, unionExtremes, fixedMin, fixedMax, ext;
if (
// MouseUp is called for both, navigator and scrollbar (that order),
// which causes calling afterSetExtremes twice. Prevent first call
// by checking if scrollbar is going to set new extremes (#6334)
(navigator.hasDragged && (!scrollbar || !scrollbar.hasDragged)) ||
e.trigger === 'scrollbar') {
unionExtremes = navigator.getUnionExtremes();
// When dragging one handle, make sure the other one doesn't change
if (navigator.zoomedMin === navigator.otherHandlePos) {
fixedMin = navigator.fixedExtreme;
}
else if (navigator.zoomedMax === navigator.otherHandlePos) {
fixedMax = navigator.fixedExtreme;
}
// Snap to right edge (#4076)
if (navigator.zoomedMax === navigator.size) {
fixedMax = navigator.reversedExtremes ?
unionExtremes.dataMin :
unionExtremes.dataMax;
}
// Snap to left edge (#7576)
if (navigator.zoomedMin === 0) {
fixedMin = navigator.reversedExtremes ?
unionExtremes.dataMax :
unionExtremes.dataMin;
}
ext = xAxis.navigatorAxis.toFixedRange(navigator.zoomedMin, navigator.zoomedMax, fixedMin, fixedMax);
if (defined(ext.min)) {
fireEvent(this, 'setRange', {
min: Math.min(ext.min, ext.max),
max: Math.max(ext.min, ext.max),
redraw: true,
animation: navigator.hasDragged ? false : null,
eventArguments: {
trigger: 'navigator',
triggerOp: 'navigator-drag',
DOMEvent: DOMEvent // #1838
}
});
}
}
if (e.DOMType !== 'mousemove' &&
e.DOMType !== 'touchmove') {
navigator.grabbedLeft = navigator.grabbedRight =
navigator.grabbedCenter = navigator.fixedWidth =
navigator.fixedExtreme = navigator.otherHandlePos =
navigator.hasDragged = navigator.dragOffset = null;
}
// Update position of navigator shades, outline and handles (#12573)
if (navigator.navigatorEnabled &&
isNumber(navigator.zoomedMin) &&
isNumber(navigator.zoomedMax)) {
zoomedMin = Math.round(navigator.zoomedMin);
zoomedMax = Math.round(navigator.zoomedMax);
if (navigator.shades) {
navigator.drawMasks(zoomedMin, zoomedMax, inverted, verb);
}
if (navigator.outline) {
navigator.drawOutline(zoomedMin, zoomedMax, inverted, verb);
}
if (navigator.navigatorOptions.handles.enabled &&
Object.keys(navigator.handles).length ===
navigator.handles.length) {
navigator.drawHandle(zoomedMin, 0, inverted, verb);
navigator.drawHandle(zoomedMax, 1, inverted, verb);
}
}
}
/**
* Removes the event handlers attached previously with addEvents.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#removeEvents
*/
removeEvents() {
if (this.eventsToUnbind) {
this.eventsToUnbind.forEach(function (unbind) {
unbind();
});
this.eventsToUnbind = void 0;
}
this.removeBaseSeriesEvents();
}
/**
* Remove data events.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#removeBaseSeriesEvents
*/
removeBaseSeriesEvents() {
const baseSeries = this.baseSeries || [];
if (this.navigatorEnabled && baseSeries[0]) {
if (this.navigatorOptions.adaptToUpdatedData !== false) {
baseSeries.forEach(function (series) {
removeEvent(series, 'updatedData', this.updatedDataHandler);
}, this);
}
// We only listen for extremes-events on the first baseSeries
if (baseSeries[0].xAxis) {
removeEvent(baseSeries[0].xAxis, 'foundExtremes', this.modifyBaseAxisExtremes);
}
}
}
/**
* Initialize the Navigator object
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#init
*/
init(chart) {
const chartOptions = chart.options, navigatorOptions = chartOptions.navigator || {}, navigatorEnabled = navigatorOptions.enabled, scrollbarOptions = chartOptions.scrollbar || {}, scrollbarEnabled = scrollbarOptions.enabled, height = navigatorEnabled && navigatorOptions.height || 0, scrollbarHeight = scrollbarEnabled && scrollbarOptions.height || 0, scrollButtonSize = scrollbarOptions.buttonsEnabled && scrollbarHeight || 0;
this.handles = [];
this.shades = [];
this.chart = chart;
this.setBaseSeries();
this.height = height;
this.scrollbarHeight = scrollbarHeight;
this.scrollButtonSize = scrollButtonSize;
this.scrollbarEnabled = scrollbarEnabled;
this.navigatorEnabled = navigatorEnabled;
this.navigatorOptions = navigatorOptions;
this.scrollbarOptions = scrollbarOptions;
this.opposite = pick(navigatorOptions.opposite, Boolean(!navigatorEnabled && chart.inverted)); // #6262
const navigator = this, baseSeries = navigator.baseSeries, xAxisIndex = chart.xAxis.length, yAxisIndex = chart.yAxis.length, baseXaxis = baseSeries && baseSeries[0] && baseSeries[0].xAxis ||
chart.xAxis[0] || { options: {} };
chart.isDirtyBox = true;
if (navigator.navigatorEnabled) {
// An x axis is required for scrollbar also
navigator.xAxis = new Axis(chart, merge({
// Inherit base xAxis' break, ordinal options and overscroll
breaks: baseXaxis.options.breaks,
ordinal: baseXaxis.options.ordinal,
overscroll: baseXaxis.options.overscroll
}, navigatorOptions.xAxis, {
id: 'navigator-x-axis',
yAxis: 'navigator-y-axis',
type: 'datetime',
index: xAxisIndex,
isInternal: true,
offset: 0,
keepOrdinalPadding: true,
startOnTick: false,
endOnTick: false,
minPadding: 0,
maxPadding: 0,
zoomEnabled: false
}, chart.inverted ? {
offsets: [scrollButtonSize, 0, -scrollButtonSize, 0],
width: height
} : {
offsets: [0, -scrollButtonSize, 0, scrollButtonSize],
height: height
}), 'xAxis');
navigator.yAxis = new Axis(chart, merge(navigatorOptions.yAxis, {
id: 'navigator-y-axis',
alignTicks: false,
offset: 0,
index: yAxisIndex,
isInternal: true,
reversed: pick((navigatorOptions.yAxis &&
navigatorOptions.yAxis.reversed), (chart.yAxis[0] && chart.yAxis[0].reversed), false),
zoomEnabled: false
}, chart.inverted ? {
width: height
} : {
height: height
}), 'yAxis');
// If we have a base series, initialize the navigator series
if (baseSeries || navigatorOptions.series.data) {
navigator.updateNavigatorSeries(false);
// If not, set up an event to listen for added series
}
else if (chart.series.length === 0) {
navigator.unbindRedraw = addEvent(chart, 'beforeRedraw', function () {
// We've got one, now add it as base
if (chart.series.length > 0 && !navigator.series) {
navigator.setBaseSeries();
navigator.unbindRedraw(); // Reset
}
});
}
navigator.reversedExtremes = (chart.inverted && !navigator.xAxis.reversed) || (!chart.inverted && navigator.xAxis.reversed);
// Render items, so we can bind events to them:
navigator.renderElements();
// Add mouse events
navigator.addMouseEvents();
// In case of scrollbar only, fake an x axis to get translation
}
else {
navigator.xAxis = {
chart,
navigatorAxis: {
fake: true
},
translate: function (value, reverse) {
const axis = chart.xAxis[0], ext = axis.getExtremes(), scrollTrackWidth = axis.len - 2 * scrollButtonSize, min = numExt('min', axis.options.min, ext.dataMin), valueRange = numExt('max', axis.options.max, ext.dataMax) - min;
return reverse ?
// From pixel to value
(value * valueRange / scrollTrackWidth) + min :
// From value to pixel
scrollTrackWidth * (value - min) / valueRange;
},
toPixels: function (value) {
return this.translate(value);
},
toValue: function (value) {
return this.translate(value, true);
}
};
navigator.xAxis.navigatorAxis.axis = navigator.xAxis;
navigator.xAxis.navigatorAxis.toFixedRange = (NavigatorAxisAdditions.prototype.toFixedRange.bind(navigator.xAxis.navigatorAxis));
}
// Initialize the scrollbar
if (chart.options.scrollbar.enabled) {
const options = merge(chart.options.scrollbar, { vertical: chart.inverted });
if (!isNumber(options.margin) && navigator.navigatorEnabled) {
options.margin = chart.inverted ? -3 : 3;
}
chart.scrollbar = navigator.scrollbar = new Scrollbar(chart.renderer, options, chart);
addEvent(navigator.scrollbar, 'changed', function (e) {
const range = navigator.size, to = range * this.to, from = range * this.from;
navigator.hasDragged = navigator.scrollbar.hasDragged;
navigator.render(0, 0, from, to);
if (this.shouldUpdateExtremes(e.DOMType)) {
setTimeout(function () {
navigator.onMouseUp(e);
});
}
});
}
// Add data events
navigator.addBaseSeriesEvents();
// Add redraw events
navigator.addChartEvents();
}
/**
* Get the union data extremes of the chart - the outer data extremes of the
* base X axis and the navigator axis.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#getUnionExtremes
*/
getUnionExtremes(returnFalseOnNoBaseSeries) {
const baseAxis = this.chart.xAxis[0], navAxis = this.xAxis, navAxisOptions = navAxis.options, baseAxisOptions = baseAxis.options;
let ret;
if (!returnFalseOnNoBaseSeries || baseAxis.dataMin !== null) {
ret = {
dataMin: pick(// #4053
navAxisOptions && navAxisOptions.min, numExt('min', baseAxisOptions.min, baseAxis.dataMin, navAxis.dataMin, navAxis.min)),
dataMax: pick(navAxisOptions && navAxisOptions.max, numExt('max', baseAxisOptions.max, baseAxis.dataMax, navAxis.dataMax, navAxis.max))
};
}
return ret;
}
/**
* Set the base series and update the navigator series from this. With a bit
* of modification we should be able to make this an API method to be called
* from the outside
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#setBaseSeries
* @param {Highcharts.SeriesOptionsType} [baseSeriesOptions]
* Additional series options for a navigator
* @param {boolean} [redraw]
* Whether to redraw after update.
*/
setBaseSeries(baseSeriesOptions, redraw) {
const chart = this.chart, baseSeries = this.baseSeries = [];
baseSeriesOptions = (baseSeriesOptions ||
chart.options && chart.options.navigator.baseSeries ||
(chart.series.length ?
// Find the first non-navigator series (#8430)
find(chart.series, (s) => (!s.options.isInternal)).index :
0));
// Iterate through series and add the ones that should be shown in
// navigator.
(chart.series || []).forEach((series, i) => {
if (
// Don't include existing nav series
!series.options.isInternal &&
(series.options.showInNavigator ||
(i === baseSeriesOptions ||
series.options.id === baseSeriesOptions) &&
series.options.showInNavigator !== false)) {
baseSeries.push(series);
}
});
// When run after render, this.xAxis already exists
if (this.xAxis && !this.xAxis.navigatorAxis.fake) {
this.updateNavigatorSeries(true, redraw);
}
}
/**
* Update series in the navigator from baseSeries, adding new if does not
* exist.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator.updateNavigatorSeries
*/
updateNavigatorSeries(addEvents, redraw) {
const navigator = this, chart = navigator.chart, baseSeries = navigator.baseSeries, navSeriesMixin = {
enableMouseTracking: false,
index: null,
linkedTo: null,
group: 'nav',
padXAxis: false,
xAxis: 'navigator-x-axis',
yAxis: 'navigator-y-axis',
showInLegend: false,
stacking: void 0,
isInternal: true,
states: {
inactive: {
opacity: 1
}
}
},
// Remove navigator series that are no longer in the baseSeries
navigatorSeries = navigator.series =
(navigator.series || []).filter((navSeries) => {
const base = navSeries.baseSeries;
if (baseSeries.indexOf(base) < 0) { // Not in array
// If there is still a base series connected to this
// series, remove event handler and reference.
if (base) {
removeEvent(base, 'updatedData', navigator.updatedDataHandler);
delete base.navigatorSeries;
}
// Kill the nav series. It may already have been
// destroyed (#8715).
if (navSeries.chart) {
navSeries.destroy();
}
return false;
}
return true;
});
let baseOptions, mergedNavSeriesOptions, chartNavigatorSeriesOptions = navigator.navigatorOptions.series, baseNavigatorOptions;
// Go through each base series and merge the options to create new
// series
if (baseSeries && baseSeries.length) {
baseSeries.forEach((base) => {
const linkedNavSeries = base.navigatorSeries, userNavOptions = extend(
// Grab color and visibility from base as default
{
color: base.color,
visible: base.visible
}, !isArray(chartNavigatorSeriesOptions) ?
chartNavigatorSeriesOptions :
defaultOptions.navigator.series);
// Don't update if the series exists in nav and we have disabled
// adaptToUpdatedData.
if (linkedNavSeries &&
navigator.navigatorOptions.adaptToUpdatedData === false) {
return;
}
navSeriesMixin.name = 'Navigator ' + baseSeries.length;
baseOptions = base.options || {};
baseNavigatorOptions = baseOptions.navigatorOptions || {};
// The dataLabels options are not merged correctly
// if the settings are an array, #13847.
userNavOptions.dataLabels = splat(userNavOptions.dataLabels);
mergedNavSeriesOptions = merge(baseOptions, navSeriesMixin, userNavOptions, baseNavigatorOptions);
// Once nav series type is resolved, pick correct pointRange
mergedNavSeriesOptions.pointRange = pick(
// Stricte set pointRange in options
userNavOptions.pointRange, baseNavigatorOptions.pointRange,
// Fallback to default values, e.g. `null` for column
defaultOptions.plotOptions[mergedNavSeriesOptions.type || 'line'].pointRange);
// Merge data separately. Do a slice to avoid mutating the
// navigator options from base series (#4923).
const navigatorSeriesData = baseNavigatorOptions.data || userNavOptions.data;
navigator.hasNavigatorData =
navigator.hasNavigatorData || !!navigatorSeriesData;
mergedNavSeriesOptions.data =
navigatorSeriesData ||
baseOptions.data && baseOptions.data.slice(0);
// Update or add the series
if (linkedNavSeries && linkedNavSeries.options) {
linkedNavSeries.update(mergedNavSeriesOptions, redraw);
}
else {
base.navigatorSeries = chart.initSeries(mergedNavSeriesOptions);
// Set data on initial run with dataSorting enabled (#20318)
chart.setSortedData();
base.navigatorSeries.baseSeries = base; // Store ref
navigatorSeries.push(base.navigatorSeries);
}
});
}
// If user has defined data (and no base series) or explicitly defined
// navigator.series as an array, we create these series on top of any
// base series.
if (chartNavigatorSeriesOptions.data &&
!(baseSeries && baseSeries.length) ||
isArray(chartNavigatorSeriesOptions)) {
navigator.hasNavigatorData = false;
// Allow navigator.series to be an array
chartNavigatorSeriesOptions =
splat(chartNavigatorSeriesOptions);
chartNavigatorSeriesOptions.forEach((userSeriesOptions, i) => {
navSeriesMixin.name =
'Navigator ' + (navigatorSeries.length + 1);
mergedNavSeriesOptions = merge(defaultOptions.navigator.series, {
// Since we don't have a base series to pull color from,
// try to fake it by using color from series with same
// index. Otherwise pull from the colors array. We need
// an explicit color as otherwise updates will increment
// color counter and we'll get a new color for each
// update of the nav series.
color: chart.series[i] &&
!chart.series[i].options.isInternal &&
chart.series[i].color ||
chart.options.colors[i] ||
chart.options.colors[0]
}, navSeriesMixin, userSeriesOptions);
mergedNavSeriesOptions.data = userSeriesOptions.data;
if (mergedNavSeriesOptions.data) {
navigator.hasNavigatorData = true;
navigatorSeries.push(chart.initSeries(mergedNavSeriesOptions));
}
});
}
if (addEvents) {
this.addBaseSeriesEvents();
}
}
/**
* Add data events.
* For example when main series is updated we need to recalculate extremes
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#addBaseSeriesEvent
*/
addBaseSeriesEvents() {
const navigator = this, baseSeries = navigator.baseSeries || [];
// Bind modified extremes event to first base's xAxis only.
// In event of > 1 base-xAxes, the navigator will ignore those.
// Adding this multiple times to the same axis is no problem, as
// duplicates should be discarded by the browser.
if (baseSeries[0] && baseSeries[0].xAxis) {
baseSeries[0].eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(baseSeries[0].xAxis, 'foundExtremes', this.modifyBaseAxisExtremes));
}
baseSeries.forEach((base) => {
// Link base series show/hide to navigator series visibility
base.eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(base, 'show', function () {
if (this.navigatorSeries) {
this.navigatorSeries.setVisible(true, false);
}
}));
base.eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(base, 'hide', function () {
if (this.navigatorSeries) {
this.navigatorSeries.setVisible(false, false);
}
}));
// Respond to updated data in the base series, unless explicitly
// not adapting to data changes.
if (this.navigatorOptions.adaptToUpdatedData !== false) {
if (base.xAxis) {
base.eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(base, 'updatedData', this.updatedDataHandler));
}
}
// Handle series removal
base.eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(base, 'remove', function () {
if (this.navigatorSeries) {
erase(navigator.series, this.navigatorSeries);
if (defined(this.navigatorSeries.options)) {
this.navigatorSeries.remove(false);
}
delete this.navigatorSeries;
}
}));
});
}
/**
* Get minimum from all base series connected to the navigator
* @private
* @param {number} currentSeriesMin
* Minium from the current series
* @return {number}
* Minimum from all series
*/
getBaseSeriesMin(currentSeriesMin) {
return this.baseSeries.reduce(function (min, series) {
// (#10193)
return Math.min(min, series.xData && series.xData.length ?
series.xData[0] : min);
}, currentSeriesMin);
}
/**
* Set the navigator x axis extremes to reflect the total. The navigator
* extremes should always be the extremes of the union of all series in the
* chart as well as the navigator series.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#modifyNavigatorAxisExtremes
*/
modifyNavigatorAxisExtremes() {
const xAxis = this.xAxis;
if (typeof xAxis.getExtremes !== 'undefined') {
const unionExtremes = this.getUnionExtremes(true);
if (unionExtremes &&
(unionExtremes.dataMin !== xAxis.min ||
unionExtremes.dataMax !== xAxis.max)) {
xAxis.min = unionExtremes.dataMin;
xAxis.max = unionExtremes.dataMax;
}
}
}
/**
* Hook to modify the base axis extremes with information from the Navigator
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#modifyBaseAxisExtremes
*/
modifyBaseAxisExtremes() {
const baseXAxis = this, navigator = baseXAxis.chart.navigator, baseExtremes = baseXAxis.getExtremes(), baseMin = baseExtremes.min, baseMax = baseExtremes.max, baseDataMin = baseExtremes.dataMin, baseDataMax = baseExtremes.dataMax, range = baseMax - baseMin, stickToMin = navigator.stickToMin, stickToMax = navigator.stickToMax, overscroll = pick(baseXAxis.ordinal?.convertOverscroll(baseXAxis.options.overscroll), 0), navigatorSeries = navigator.series && navigator.series[0], hasSetExtremes = !!baseXAxis.setExtremes,
// When the extremes have been set by range selector button, don't
// stick to min or max. The range selector buttons will handle the
// extremes. (#5489)
unmutable = baseXAxis.eventArgs &&
baseXAxis.eventArgs.trigger === 'rangeSelectorButton';
let newMax, newMin;
if (!unmutable) {
// If the zoomed range is already at the min, move it to the right
// as new data comes in
if (stickToMin) {
newMin = baseDataMin;
newMax = newMin + range;
}
// If the zoomed range is already at the max, move it to the right
// as new data comes in
if (stickToMax) {
newMax = baseDataMax + overscroll;
// If stickToMin is true, the new min value is set above
if (!stickToMin) {
newMin = Math.max(baseDataMin, // Don't go below data extremes (#13184)
newMax - range, navigator.getBaseSeriesMin(navigatorSeries && navigatorSeries.xData ?
navigatorSeries.xData[0] :
-Number.MAX_VALUE));
}
}
// Update the extremes
if (hasSetExtremes && (stickToMin || stickToMax)) {
if (isNumber(newMin)) {
baseXAxis.min = baseXAxis.userMin = newMin;
baseXAxis.max = baseXAxis.userMax = newMax;
}
}
}
// Reset
navigator.stickToMin =
navigator.stickToMax = null;
}
/**
* Handler for updated data on the base series. When data is modified, the
* navigator series must reflect it. This is called from the Chart.redraw
* function before axis and series extremes are computed.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#updateDataHandler
*/
updatedDataHandler() {
const navigator = this.chart.navigator, baseSeries = this, navigatorSeries = this.navigatorSeries, shouldStickToMax = navigator.reversedExtremes ?
Math.round(navigator.zoomedMin) === 0 :
Math.round(navigator.zoomedMax) >= Math.round(navigator.size);
// If the scrollbar is scrolled all the way to the right, keep right as
// new data comes in, unless user set navigator.stickToMax to false.
navigator.stickToMax = pick(this.chart.options.navigator &&
this.chart.options.navigator.stickToMax, shouldStickToMax);
navigator.stickToMin = navigator.shouldStickToMin(baseSeries, navigator);
// Set the navigator series data to the new data of the base series
if (navigatorSeries && !navigator.hasNavigatorData) {
navigatorSeries.options.pointStart = baseSeries.xData[0];
navigatorSeries.setData(baseSeries.options.data, false, null, false); // #5414
}
}
/**
* Detect if the zoomed area should stick to the minimum, #14742.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#shouldStickToMin
*/
shouldStickToMin(baseSeries, navigator) {
const xDataMin = navigator.getBaseSeriesMin(baseSeries.xData[0]), xAxis = baseSeries.xAxis, max = xAxis.max, min = xAxis.min, range = xAxis.options.range;
let stickToMin = true;
if (isNumber(max) && isNumber(min)) {
// If range declared, stick to the minimum only if the range
// is smaller than the data set range.
if (range && max - xDataMin > 0) {
stickToMin = max - xDataMin < range;
}
else {
// If the current axis minimum falls outside the new
// updated dataset, we must adjust.
stickToMin = min <= xDataMin;
}
}
else {
stickToMin = false; // #15864
}
return stickToMin;
}
/**
* Add chart events, like redrawing navigator, when chart requires that.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#addChartEvents
*/
addChartEvents() {
if (!this.eventsToUnbind) {
this.eventsToUnbind = [];
}
this.eventsToUnbind.push(
// Move the scrollbar after redraw, like after data updata even if
// axes don't redraw
addEvent(this.chart, 'redraw', function () {
const navigator = this.navigator, xAxis = navigator && (navigator.baseSeries &&
navigator.baseSeries[0] &&
navigator.baseSeries[0].xAxis ||
this.xAxis[0]); // #5709, #13114
if (xAxis) {
navigator.render(xAxis.min, xAxis.max);
}
}),
// Make room for the navigator, can be placed around the chart:
addEvent(this.chart, 'getMargins', function () {
const chart = this, navigator = chart.navigator;
let marginName = navigator.opposite ?
'plotTop' : 'marginBottom';
if (chart.inverted) {
marginName = navigator.opposite ?
'marginRight' : 'plotLeft';
}
chart[marginName] =
(chart[marginName] || 0) + (navigator.navigatorEnabled || !chart.inverted ?
navigator.height + navigator.scrollbarHeight :
0) + navigator.navigatorOptions.margin;
}), addEvent(Navigator, 'setRange', function (e) {
this.chart.xAxis[0].setExtremes(e.min, e.max, e.redraw, e.animation, e.eventArguments);
}));
}
/**
* Destroys allocated elements.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Navigator#destroy
*/
destroy() {
// Disconnect events added in addEvents
this.removeEvents();
if (this.xAxis) {
erase(this.chart.xAxis, this.xAxis);
erase(this.chart.axes, this.xAxis);
}
if (this.yAxis) {
erase(this.chart.yAxis, this.yAxis);
erase(this.chart.axes, this.yAxis);
}
// Destroy series
(this.series || []).forEach((s) => {
if (s.destroy) {
s.destroy();
}
});
// Destroy properties
[
'series', 'xAxis', 'yAxis', 'shades', 'outline', 'scrollbarTrack',
'scrollbarRifles', 'scrollbarGroup', 'scrollbar', 'navigatorGroup',
'rendered'
].forEach((prop) => {
if (this[prop] && this[prop].destroy) {
this[prop].destroy();
}
this[prop] = null;
});
// Destroy elements in collection
[this.handles].forEach((coll) => {
destroyObjectProperties(coll);
});
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return Navigator;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/RangeSelector/RangeSelectorDefaults.js', [], function () {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
/* *
*
* Declarations
*
* */
/**
* Language object. The language object is global and it can't be set
* on each chart initialization. Instead, use `Highcharts.setOptions` to
* set it before any chart is initialized.
*
* ```js
* Highcharts.setOptions({
* lang: {
* months: [
* 'Janvier', 'Février', 'Mars', 'Avril',
* 'Mai', 'Juin', 'Juillet', 'Août',
* 'Septembre', 'Octobre', 'Novembre', 'Décembre'
* ],
* weekdays: [
* 'Dimanche', 'Lundi', 'Mardi', 'Mercredi',
* 'Jeudi', 'Vendredi', 'Samedi'
* ]
* }
* });
* ```
*
* @optionparent lang
*/
const lang = {
/**
* The text for the label for the range selector buttons.
*
* @product highstock gantt
*/
rangeSelectorZoom: 'Zoom',
/**
* The text for the label for the "from" input box in the range
* selector. Since v9.0, this string is empty as the label is not
* rendered by default.
*
* @product highstock gantt
*/
rangeSelectorFrom: '',
/**
* The text for the label for the "to" input box in the range selector.
*
* @product highstock gantt
*/
rangeSelectorTo: '→'
};
/**
* The range selector is a tool for selecting ranges to display within
* the chart. It provides buttons to select preconfigured ranges in
* the chart, like 1 day, 1 week, 1 month etc. It also provides input
* boxes where min and max dates can be manually input.
*
* @product highstock gantt
* @optionparent rangeSelector
*/
const rangeSelector = {
/**
* Whether to enable all buttons from the start. By default buttons are
* only enabled if the corresponding time range exists on the X axis,
* but enabling all buttons allows for dynamically loading different
* time ranges.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/allbuttonsenabled-true/
* All buttons enabled
*
* @since 2.0.3
*/
allButtonsEnabled: false,
/**
* An array of configuration objects for the buttons.
*
* Defaults to:
* ```js
* buttons: [{
* type: 'month',
* count: 1,
* text: '1m',
* title: 'View 1 month'
* }, {
* type: 'month',
* count: 3,
* text: '3m',
* title: 'View 3 months'
* }, {
* type: 'month',
* count: 6,
* text: '6m',
* title: 'View 6 months'
* }, {
* type: 'ytd',
* text: 'YTD',
* title: 'View year to date'
* }, {
* type: 'year',
* count: 1,
* text: '1y',
* title: 'View 1 year'
* }, {
* type: 'all',
* text: 'All',
* title: 'View all'
* }]
* ```
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/demo/rangeselector-datagrouping/
* Data grouping by buttons
*
* @type {Array<*>}
*/
buttons: void 0,
/**
* How many units of the defined type the button should span. If `type`
* is "month" and `count` is 3, the button spans three months.
*
* @type {number}
* @default 1
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.count
*/
/**
* Fires when clicking on the rangeSelector button. One parameter,
* event, is passed to the function, containing common event
* information.
*
* ```js
* click: function(e) {
* console.log(this);
* }
* ```
*
* Return false to stop default button's click action.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/button-click/
* Click event on the button
*
* @type {Highcharts.RangeSelectorClickCallbackFunction}
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.events.click
*/
/**
* Additional range (in milliseconds) added to the end of the calculated
* time span.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/min-max-offsets/
* Button offsets
*
* @type {number}
* @default 0
* @since 6.0.0
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.offsetMax
*/
/**
* Additional range (in milliseconds) added to the start of the
* calculated time span.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/min-max-offsets/
* Button offsets
*
* @type {number}
* @default 0
* @since 6.0.0
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.offsetMin
*/
/**
* When buttons apply dataGrouping on a series, by default zooming
* in/out will deselect buttons and unset dataGrouping. Enable this
* option to keep buttons selected when extremes change.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/preserve-datagrouping/
* Different preserveDataGrouping settings
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default false
* @since 6.1.2
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.preserveDataGrouping
*/
/**
* A custom data grouping object for each button.
*
* @see [series.dataGrouping](#plotOptions.series.dataGrouping)
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/demo/rangeselector-datagrouping/
* Data grouping by range selector buttons
*
* @type {*}
* @extends plotOptions.series.dataGrouping
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.dataGrouping
*/
/**
* The text for the button itself.
*
* @type {string}
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.text
*/
/**
* Explanation for the button, shown as a tooltip on hover, and used by
* assistive technology.
*
* @type {string}
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.title
*/
/**
* Defined the time span for the button. Can be one of `millisecond`,
* `second`, `minute`, `hour`, `day`, `week`, `month`, `year`, `ytd`,
* and `all`.
*
* @type {Highcharts.RangeSelectorButtonTypeValue}
* @apioption rangeSelector.buttons.type
*/
/**
* The space in pixels between the buttons in the range selector.
*/
buttonSpacing: 5,
/**
* Whether to collapse the range selector buttons into a dropdown when
* there is not enough room to show everything in a single row, instead
* of dividing the range selector into multiple rows.
* Can be one of the following:
* - `always`: Always collapse
* - `responsive`: Only collapse when there is not enough room
* - `never`: Never collapse
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/dropdown/
* Dropdown option
*
* @validvalue ["always", "responsive", "never"]
* @since 9.0.0
*/
dropdown: 'responsive',
/**
* Enable or disable the range selector. Default to `true` for stock
* charts, using the `stockChart` factory.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/enabled/
* Disable the range selector
*
* @type {boolean|undefined}
* @default {highstock} true
*/
enabled: void 0,
/**
* The vertical alignment of the rangeselector box. Allowed properties
* are `top`, `middle`, `bottom`.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/vertical-align-middle/
* Middle
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/vertical-align-bottom/
* Bottom
*
* @type {Highcharts.VerticalAlignValue}
* @since 6.0.0
*/
verticalAlign: 'top',
/**
* A collection of attributes for the buttons. The object takes SVG
* attributes like `fill`, `stroke`, `stroke-width`, as well as `style`,
* a collection of CSS properties for the text.
*
* The object can also be extended with states, so you can set
* presentational options for `hover`, `select` or `disabled` button
* states.
*
* CSS styles for the text label.
*
* In styled mode, the buttons are styled by the
* `.highcharts-range-selector-buttons .highcharts-button` rule with its
* different states.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/styling/
* Styling the buttons and inputs
*
* @type {Highcharts.SVGAttributes}
*/
buttonTheme: {
/** @ignore */
width: 28,
/** @ignore */
height: 18,
/** @ignore */
padding: 2,
/** @ignore */
zIndex: 7 // #484, #852
},
/**
* When the rangeselector is floating, the plot area does not reserve
* space for it. This opens for positioning anywhere on the chart.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/floating/
* Placing the range selector between the plot area and the
* navigator
*
* @since 6.0.0
*/
floating: false,
/**
* The x offset of the range selector relative to its horizontal
* alignment within `chart.spacingLeft` and `chart.spacingRight`.
*
* @since 6.0.0
*/
x: 0,
/**
* The y offset of the range selector relative to its horizontal
* alignment within `chart.spacingLeft` and `chart.spacingRight`.
*
* @since 6.0.0
*/
y: 0,
/**
* Deprecated. The height of the range selector. Currently it is
* calculated dynamically.
*
* @deprecated
* @type {number|undefined}
* @since 2.1.9
*/
height: void 0,
/**
* The border color of the date input boxes.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/styling/
* Styling the buttons and inputs
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString}
* @since 1.3.7
*/
inputBoxBorderColor: 'none',
/**
* The pixel height of the date input boxes.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/styling/
* Styling the buttons and inputs
*
* @since 1.3.7
*/
inputBoxHeight: 17,
/**
* The pixel width of the date input boxes. When `undefined`, the width
* is fitted to the rendered content.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/styling/
* Styling the buttons and inputs
*
* @type {number|undefined}
* @since 1.3.7
*/
inputBoxWidth: void 0,
/**
* The date format in the input boxes when not selected for editing.
* Defaults to `%e %b %Y`.
*
* This is used to determine which type of input to show,
* `datetime-local`, `date` or `time` and falling back to `text` when
* the browser does not support the input type or the format contains
* milliseconds.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/input-type/
* Input types
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/input-format/
* Milliseconds in the range selector
*
*/
inputDateFormat: '%e %b %Y',
/**
* A custom callback function to parse values entered in the input boxes
* and return a valid JavaScript time as milliseconds since 1970.
* The first argument passed is a value to parse,
* second is a boolean indicating use of the UTC time.
*
* This will only get called for inputs of type `text`. Since v8.2.3,
* the input type is dynamically determined based on the granularity
* of the `inputDateFormat` and the browser support.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/input-format/
* Milliseconds in the range selector
*
* @type {Highcharts.RangeSelectorParseCallbackFunction}
* @since 1.3.3
*/
inputDateParser: void 0,
/**
* The date format in the input boxes when they are selected for
* editing. This must be a format that is recognized by JavaScript
* Date.parse.
*
* This will only be used for inputs of type `text`. Since v8.2.3,
* the input type is dynamically determined based on the granularity
* of the `inputDateFormat` and the browser support.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/input-format/
* Milliseconds in the range selector
*
*/
inputEditDateFormat: '%Y-%m-%d',
/**
* Enable or disable the date input boxes.
*/
inputEnabled: true,
/**
* Positioning for the input boxes. Allowed properties are `align`,
* `x` and `y`.
*
* @since 1.2.4
*/
inputPosition: {
/**
* The alignment of the input box. Allowed properties are `left`,
* `center`, `right`.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/input-button-position/
* Alignment
*
* @type {Highcharts.AlignValue}
* @since 6.0.0
*/
align: 'right',
/**
* X offset of the input row.
*/
x: 0,
/**
* Y offset of the input row.
*/
y: 0
},
/**
* The space in pixels between the labels and the date input boxes in
* the range selector.
*
* @since 9.0.0
*/
inputSpacing: 5,
/**
* The index of the button to appear pre-selected. If the selected range
* exceeds the total data range and the 'all' option is available,
* the 'all' option, showing the full range, is automatically selected.
*
* @type {number}
*/
selected: void 0,
/**
* Positioning for the button row.
*
* @since 1.2.4
*/
buttonPosition: {
/**
* The alignment of the input box. Allowed properties are `left`,
* `center`, `right`.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/input-button-position/
* Alignment
*
* @type {Highcharts.AlignValue}
* @since 6.0.0
*/
align: 'left',
/**
* X offset of the button row.
*/
x: 0,
/**
* Y offset of the button row.
*/
y: 0
},
/**
* CSS for the HTML inputs in the range selector.
*
* In styled mode, the inputs are styled by the
* `.highcharts-range-input text` rule in SVG mode, and
* `input.highcharts-range-selector` when active.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/styling/
* Styling the buttons and inputs
*
* @type {Highcharts.CSSObject}
* @apioption rangeSelector.inputStyle
*/
inputStyle: {
/** @ignore */
color: "#334eff" /* Palette.highlightColor80 */,
/** @ignore */
cursor: 'pointer',
/** @ignore */
fontSize: '0.8em'
},
/**
* CSS styles for the labels - the Zoom, From and To texts.
*
* In styled mode, the labels are styled by the
* `.highcharts-range-label` class.
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/rangeselector/styling/
* Styling the buttons and inputs
*
* @type {Highcharts.CSSObject}
*/
labelStyle: {
/** @ignore */
color: "#666666" /* Palette.neutralColor60 */,
/** @ignore */
fontSize: '0.8em'
}
};
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const RangeSelectorDefaults = {
lang,
rangeSelector
};
return RangeSelectorDefaults;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/RangeSelector/RangeSelectorComposition.js', [_modules['Core/Defaults.js'], _modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Stock/RangeSelector/RangeSelectorDefaults.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (D, H, RangeSelectorDefaults, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { defaultOptions } = D;
const { composed } = H;
const { addEvent, defined, extend, find, isNumber, merge, pick, pushUnique } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
const chartDestroyEvents = [];
/* *
*
* Variables
*
* */
let RangeSelectorConstructor;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Get the axis min value based on the range option and the current max. For
* stock charts this is extended via the {@link RangeSelector} so that if the
* selected range is a multiple of months or years, it is compensated for
* various month lengths.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Axis#minFromRange
* @return {number|undefined}
* The new minimum value.
*/
function axisMinFromRange() {
const rangeOptions = this.range, type = rangeOptions.type, max = this.max, time = this.chart.time,
// Get the true range from a start date
getTrueRange = function (base, count) {
const timeName = type === 'year' ?
'FullYear' : 'Month';
const date = new time.Date(base);
const basePeriod = time.get(timeName, date);
time.set(timeName, date, basePeriod + count);
if (basePeriod === time.get(timeName, date)) {
time.set('Date', date, 0); // #6537
}
return date.getTime() - base;
};
let min, range;
if (isNumber(rangeOptions)) {
min = max - rangeOptions;
range = rangeOptions;
}
else if (rangeOptions) {
min = max + getTrueRange(max, -(rangeOptions.count || 1));
// Let the fixedRange reflect initial settings (#5930)
if (this.chart) {
this.chart.setFixedRange(max - min);
}
}
const dataMin = pick(this.dataMin, Number.MIN_VALUE);
if (!isNumber(min)) {
min = dataMin;
}
if (min <= dataMin) {
min = dataMin;
if (typeof range === 'undefined') { // #4501
range = getTrueRange(min, rangeOptions.count);
}
this.newMax = Math.min(min + range, pick(this.dataMax, Number.MAX_VALUE));
}
if (!isNumber(max)) {
min = void 0;
}
else if (!isNumber(rangeOptions) &&
rangeOptions &&
rangeOptions._offsetMin) {
min += rangeOptions._offsetMin;
}
return min;
}
/**
* @private
*/
function compose(AxisClass, ChartClass, RangeSelectorClass) {
RangeSelectorConstructor = RangeSelectorClass;
if (pushUnique(composed, 'RangeSelector')) {
const chartProto = ChartClass.prototype;
AxisClass.prototype.minFromRange = axisMinFromRange;
addEvent(ChartClass, 'afterGetContainer', onChartAfterGetContainer);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'beforeRender', onChartBeforeRender);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'destroy', onChartDestroy);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'getMargins', onChartGetMargins);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'render', onChartRender);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'update', onChartUpdate);
chartProto.callbacks.push(onChartCallback);
extend(defaultOptions, { rangeSelector: RangeSelectorDefaults.rangeSelector });
extend(defaultOptions.lang, RangeSelectorDefaults.lang);
}
}
/**
* Initialize rangeselector for stock charts
* @private
*/
function onChartAfterGetContainer() {
if (this.options.rangeSelector &&
this.options.rangeSelector.enabled) {
this.rangeSelector = new RangeSelectorConstructor(this);
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onChartBeforeRender() {
const chart = this, axes = chart.axes, rangeSelector = chart.rangeSelector;
if (rangeSelector) {
if (isNumber(rangeSelector.deferredYTDClick)) {
rangeSelector.clickButton(rangeSelector.deferredYTDClick);
delete rangeSelector.deferredYTDClick;
}
axes.forEach((axis) => {
axis.updateNames();
axis.setScale();
});
chart.getAxisMargins();
rangeSelector.render();
const verticalAlign = rangeSelector.options.verticalAlign;
if (!rangeSelector.options.floating) {
if (verticalAlign === 'bottom') {
this.extraBottomMargin = true;
}
else if (verticalAlign !== 'middle') {
this.extraTopMargin = true;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onChartCallback(chart) {
let extremes, legend, alignTo, verticalAlign;
const rangeSelector = chart.rangeSelector, redraw = () => {
if (rangeSelector) {
extremes = chart.xAxis[0].getExtremes();
legend = chart.legend;
verticalAlign = (rangeSelector &&
rangeSelector.options.verticalAlign);
if (isNumber(extremes.min)) {
rangeSelector.render(extremes.min, extremes.max);
}
// Re-align the legend so that it's below the rangeselector
if (legend.display &&
verticalAlign === 'top' &&
verticalAlign === legend.options.verticalAlign) {
// Create a new alignment box for the legend.
alignTo = merge(chart.spacingBox);
if (legend.options.layout === 'vertical') {
alignTo.y = chart.plotTop;
}
else {
alignTo.y += rangeSelector.getHeight();
}
legend.group.placed = false; // Don't animate the alignment.
legend.align(alignTo);
}
}
};
if (rangeSelector) {
const events = find(chartDestroyEvents, (e) => e[0] === chart);
if (!events) {
chartDestroyEvents.push([chart, [
// Redraw the scroller on setExtremes
addEvent(chart.xAxis[0], 'afterSetExtremes', function (e) {
if (rangeSelector) {
rangeSelector.render(e.min, e.max);
}
}),
// Redraw the scroller chart resize
addEvent(chart, 'redraw', redraw)
]]);
}
// Do it now
redraw();
}
}
/**
* Remove resize/afterSetExtremes at chart destroy.
* @private
*/
function onChartDestroy() {
for (let i = 0, iEnd = chartDestroyEvents.length; i < iEnd; ++i) {
const events = chartDestroyEvents[i];
if (events[0] === this) {
events[1].forEach((unbind) => unbind());
chartDestroyEvents.splice(i, 1);
return;
}
}
}
/**
*
*/
function onChartGetMargins() {
const rangeSelector = this.rangeSelector;
if (rangeSelector) {
const rangeSelectorHeight = rangeSelector.getHeight();
if (this.extraTopMargin) {
this.plotTop += rangeSelectorHeight;
}
if (this.extraBottomMargin) {
this.marginBottom += rangeSelectorHeight;
}
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onChartRender() {
const chart = this, rangeSelector = chart.rangeSelector;
if (rangeSelector && !rangeSelector.options.floating) {
rangeSelector.render();
const verticalAlign = rangeSelector.options.verticalAlign;
if (verticalAlign === 'bottom') {
this.extraBottomMargin = true;
}
else if (verticalAlign !== 'middle') {
this.extraTopMargin = true;
}
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onChartUpdate(e) {
const chart = this, options = e.options, optionsRangeSelector = options.rangeSelector, extraBottomMarginWas = this.extraBottomMargin, extraTopMarginWas = this.extraTopMargin;
let rangeSelector = chart.rangeSelector;
if (optionsRangeSelector &&
optionsRangeSelector.enabled &&
!defined(rangeSelector) &&
this.options.rangeSelector) {
this.options.rangeSelector.enabled = true;
this.rangeSelector = rangeSelector = new RangeSelectorConstructor(this);
}
this.extraBottomMargin = false;
this.extraTopMargin = false;
if (rangeSelector) {
onChartCallback(this);
const verticalAlign = (optionsRangeSelector &&
optionsRangeSelector.verticalAlign) || (rangeSelector.options && rangeSelector.options.verticalAlign);
if (!rangeSelector.options.floating) {
if (verticalAlign === 'bottom') {
this.extraBottomMargin = true;
}
else if (verticalAlign !== 'middle') {
this.extraTopMargin = true;
}
}
if (this.extraBottomMargin !== extraBottomMarginWas ||
this.extraTopMargin !== extraTopMarginWas) {
this.isDirtyBox = true;
}
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const RangeSelectorComposition = {
compose
};
return RangeSelectorComposition;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Stock/RangeSelector/RangeSelector.js', [_modules['Core/Axis/Axis.js'], _modules['Core/Defaults.js'], _modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Stock/RangeSelector/RangeSelectorComposition.js'], _modules['Core/Renderer/SVG/SVGElement.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (Axis, D, H, RangeSelectorComposition, SVGElement, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { defaultOptions } = D;
const { addEvent, createElement, css, defined, destroyObjectProperties, discardElement, extend, fireEvent, isNumber, merge, objectEach, pad, pick, pInt, splat } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Get the preferred input type based on a date format string.
*
* @private
* @function preferredInputType
*/
function preferredInputType(format) {
const ms = format.indexOf('%L') !== -1;
if (ms) {
return 'text';
}
const date = ['a', 'A', 'd', 'e', 'w', 'b', 'B', 'm', 'o', 'y', 'Y']
.some((char) => format.indexOf('%' + char) !== -1);
const time = ['H', 'k', 'I', 'l', 'M', 'S']
.some((char) => format.indexOf('%' + char) !== -1);
if (date && time) {
return 'datetime-local';
}
if (date) {
return 'date';
}
if (time) {
return 'time';
}
return 'text';
}
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* The range selector.
*
* @private
* @class
* @name Highcharts.RangeSelector
* @param {Highcharts.Chart} chart
*/
class RangeSelector {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
static compose(AxisClass, ChartClass) {
RangeSelectorComposition.compose(AxisClass, ChartClass, RangeSelector);
}
/* *
*
* Constructor
*
* */
constructor(chart) {
this.buttonOptions = RangeSelector.prototype.defaultButtons;
this.initialButtonGroupWidth = 0;
this.chart = chart;
this.init(chart);
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* The method to run when one of the buttons in the range selectors is
* clicked
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#clickButton
* @param {number} i
* The index of the button
* @param {boolean} [redraw]
*/
clickButton(i, redraw) {
const rangeSelector = this, chart = rangeSelector.chart, rangeOptions = rangeSelector.buttonOptions[i], baseAxis = chart.xAxis[0], unionExtremes = (chart.scroller && chart.scroller.getUnionExtremes()) || baseAxis || {}, type = rangeOptions.type, dataGrouping = rangeOptions.dataGrouping;
let dataMin = unionExtremes.dataMin, dataMax = unionExtremes.dataMax, newMin, newMax = baseAxis && Math.round(Math.min(baseAxis.max, pick(dataMax, baseAxis.max))), // #1568
baseXAxisOptions, range = rangeOptions._range, rangeMin, minSetting, rangeSetting, ctx, ytdExtremes, addOffsetMin = true;
// Chart has no data, base series is removed
if (dataMin === null || dataMax === null) {
return;
}
rangeSelector.setSelected(i);
// Apply dataGrouping associated to button
if (dataGrouping) {
this.forcedDataGrouping = true;
Axis.prototype.setDataGrouping.call(baseAxis || { chart: this.chart }, dataGrouping, false);
this.frozenStates = rangeOptions.preserveDataGrouping;
}
// Apply range
if (type === 'month' || type === 'year') {
if (!baseAxis) {
// This is set to the user options and picked up later when the
// axis is instantiated so that we know the min and max.
range = rangeOptions;
}
else {
ctx = {
range: rangeOptions,
max: newMax,
chart: chart,
dataMin: dataMin,
dataMax: dataMax
};
newMin = baseAxis.minFromRange.call(ctx);
if (isNumber(ctx.newMax)) {
newMax = ctx.newMax;
}
// #15799: offsetMin is added in minFromRange so that it works
// with pre-selected buttons as well
addOffsetMin = false;
}
// Fixed times like minutes, hours, days
}
else if (range) {
newMin = Math.max(newMax - range, dataMin);
newMax = Math.min(newMin + range, dataMax);
addOffsetMin = false;
}
else if (type === 'ytd') {
// On user clicks on the buttons, or a delayed action running from
// the beforeRender event (below), the baseAxis is defined.
if (baseAxis) {
// When "ytd" is the pre-selected button for the initial view,
// its calculation is delayed and rerun in the beforeRender
// event (below). When the series are initialized, but before
// the chart is rendered, we have access to the xData array
// (#942).
if (typeof dataMax === 'undefined' ||
typeof dataMin === 'undefined') {
dataMin = Number.MAX_VALUE;
dataMax = Number.MIN_VALUE;
chart.series.forEach((series) => {
// Reassign it to the last item
const xData = series.xData;
if (xData) {
dataMin = Math.min(xData[0], dataMin);
dataMax = Math.max(xData[xData.length - 1], dataMax);
}
});
redraw = false;
}
ytdExtremes = rangeSelector.getYTDExtremes(dataMax, dataMin, chart.time.useUTC);
newMin = rangeMin = ytdExtremes.min;
newMax = ytdExtremes.max;
// "ytd" is pre-selected. We don't yet have access to processed
// point and extremes data (things like pointStart and pointInterval
// are missing), so we delay the process (#942)
}
else {
rangeSelector.deferredYTDClick = i;
return;
}
}
else if (type === 'all' && baseAxis) {
// If the navigator exist and the axis range is declared reset that
// range and from now on only use the range set by a user, #14742.
if (chart.navigator && chart.navigator.baseSeries[0]) {
chart.navigator.baseSeries[0].xAxis.options.range = void 0;
}
newMin = dataMin;
newMax = dataMax;
}
if (addOffsetMin && rangeOptions._offsetMin && defined(newMin)) {
newMin += rangeOptions._offsetMin;
}
if (rangeOptions._offsetMax && defined(newMax)) {
newMax += rangeOptions._offsetMax;
}
if (this.dropdown) {
this.dropdown.selectedIndex = i + 1;
}
// Update the chart
if (!baseAxis) {
// Axis not yet instantiated. Temporarily set min and range
// options and remove them on chart load (#4317).
baseXAxisOptions = splat(chart.options.xAxis)[0];
rangeSetting = baseXAxisOptions.range;
baseXAxisOptions.range = range;
minSetting = baseXAxisOptions.min;
baseXAxisOptions.min = rangeMin;
addEvent(chart, 'load', function resetMinAndRange() {
chart.setFixedRange(rangeOptions._range);
baseXAxisOptions.range = rangeSetting;
baseXAxisOptions.min = minSetting;
});
}
else {
// Existing axis object. Set extremes after render time.
baseAxis.setExtremes(newMin, newMax, pick(redraw, true), void 0, // Auto animation
{
trigger: 'rangeSelectorButton',
rangeSelectorButton: rangeOptions
});
chart.setFixedRange(rangeOptions._range);
}
fireEvent(this, 'afterBtnClick');
}
/**
* Set the selected option. This method only sets the internal flag, it
* doesn't update the buttons or the actual zoomed range.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#setSelected
* @param {number} [selected]
*/
setSelected(selected) {
this.selected = this.options.selected = selected;
}
/**
* Initialize the range selector
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#init
* @param {Highcharts.Chart} chart
*/
init(chart) {
const rangeSelector = this, options = chart.options.rangeSelector, buttonOptions = (options.buttons || rangeSelector.defaultButtons.slice()), selectedOption = options.selected, blurInputs = function () {
const minInput = rangeSelector.minInput, maxInput = rangeSelector.maxInput;
// #3274 in some case blur is not defined
if (minInput && !!minInput.blur) {
fireEvent(minInput, 'blur');
}
if (maxInput && !!maxInput.blur) {
fireEvent(maxInput, 'blur');
}
};
rangeSelector.chart = chart;
rangeSelector.options = options;
rangeSelector.buttons = [];
rangeSelector.buttonOptions = buttonOptions;
this.eventsToUnbind = [];
this.eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(chart.container, 'mousedown', blurInputs));
this.eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(chart, 'resize', blurInputs));
// Extend the buttonOptions with actual range
buttonOptions.forEach(rangeSelector.computeButtonRange);
// Zoomed range based on a pre-selected button index
if (typeof selectedOption !== 'undefined' &&
buttonOptions[selectedOption]) {
this.clickButton(selectedOption, false);
}
this.eventsToUnbind.push(addEvent(chart, 'load', function () {
// If a data grouping is applied to the current button, release it
// when extremes change
if (chart.xAxis && chart.xAxis[0]) {
addEvent(chart.xAxis[0], 'setExtremes', function (e) {
if (isNumber(this.max) &&
isNumber(this.min) &&
this.max - this.min !== chart.fixedRange &&
e.trigger !== 'rangeSelectorButton' &&
e.trigger !== 'updatedData' &&
rangeSelector.forcedDataGrouping &&
!rangeSelector.frozenStates) {
this.setDataGrouping(false, false);
}
});
}
}));
}
/**
* Dynamically update the range selector buttons after a new range has been
* set
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#updateButtonStates
*/
updateButtonStates() {
const rangeSelector = this, chart = this.chart, dropdown = this.dropdown, baseAxis = chart.xAxis[0], actualRange = Math.round(baseAxis.max - baseAxis.min), hasNoData = !baseAxis.hasVisibleSeries, day = 24 * 36e5, // A single day in milliseconds
unionExtremes = (chart.scroller &&
chart.scroller.getUnionExtremes()) || baseAxis, dataMin = unionExtremes.dataMin, dataMax = unionExtremes.dataMax, ytdExtremes = rangeSelector.getYTDExtremes(dataMax, dataMin, chart.time.useUTC), ytdMin = ytdExtremes.min, ytdMax = ytdExtremes.max, selected = rangeSelector.selected, allButtonsEnabled = rangeSelector.options.allButtonsEnabled, buttons = rangeSelector.buttons;
let selectedExists = isNumber(selected), isSelectedTooGreat = false;
rangeSelector.buttonOptions.forEach((rangeOptions, i) => {
const range = rangeOptions._range, type = rangeOptions.type, count = rangeOptions.count || 1, button = buttons[i], offsetRange = rangeOptions._offsetMax -
rangeOptions._offsetMin, isSelected = i === selected,
// Disable buttons where the range exceeds what is allowed in
// the current view
isTooGreatRange = range >
dataMax - dataMin,
// Disable buttons where the range is smaller than the minimum
// range
isTooSmallRange = range < baseAxis.minRange;
let state = 0,
// Do not select the YTD button if not explicitly told so
isYTDButNotSelected = false,
// Disable the All button if we're already showing all
isAllButAlreadyShowingAll = false, isSameRange = range === actualRange;
if (isSelected && isTooGreatRange) {
isSelectedTooGreat = true;
}
if (baseAxis.isOrdinal &&
baseAxis.ordinal?.positions &&
range &&
actualRange < range) {
// Handle ordinal ranges
const positions = baseAxis.ordinal.positions;
if (positions[positions.length - 1] - positions[0] > range) {
isSameRange = true;
}
}
else if (
// Months and years have variable range so we check the extremes
(type === 'month' || type === 'year') &&
(actualRange + 36e5 >=
{ month: 28, year: 365 }[type] * day * count - offsetRange) &&
(actualRange - 36e5 <=
{ month: 31, year: 366 }[type] * day * count + offsetRange)) {
isSameRange = true;
}
else if (type === 'ytd') {
isSameRange = (ytdMax - ytdMin + offsetRange) === actualRange;
isYTDButNotSelected = !isSelected;
}
else if (type === 'all') {
isSameRange = (baseAxis.max - baseAxis.min >=
dataMax - dataMin);
isAllButAlreadyShowingAll = (!isSelected &&
selectedExists &&
isSameRange);
}
// The new zoom area happens to match the range for a button - mark
// it selected. This happens when scrolling across an ordinal gap.
// It can be seen in the intraday demos when selecting 1h and scroll
// across the night gap.
const disable = (!allButtonsEnabled &&
!(isSelectedTooGreat && type === 'all') &&
(isTooGreatRange ||
isTooSmallRange ||
isAllButAlreadyShowingAll ||
hasNoData));
const select = ((isSelectedTooGreat && type === 'all') ||
(isSelected && isSameRange) ||
(isSameRange && !selectedExists && !isYTDButNotSelected) ||
(isSelected && rangeSelector.frozenStates));
if (disable) {
state = 3;
}
else if (select) {
selectedExists = true; // Only one button can be selected
state = 2;
}
// If state has changed, update the button
if (button.state !== state) {
button.setState(state);
if (dropdown) {
dropdown.options[i + 1].disabled = disable;
if (state === 2) {
dropdown.selectedIndex = i + 1;
}
}
// Reset (#9209)
if (state === 0 && selected === i) {
rangeSelector.setSelected();
}
else if ((state === 2 && !defined(selected)) ||
isSelectedTooGreat) {
rangeSelector.setSelected(i);
}
}
});
}
/**
* Compute and cache the range for an individual button
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#computeButtonRange
* @param {Highcharts.RangeSelectorButtonsOptions} rangeOptions
*/
computeButtonRange(rangeOptions) {
const type = rangeOptions.type, count = rangeOptions.count || 1,
// These time intervals have a fixed number of milliseconds, as
// opposed to month, ytd and year
fixedTimes = {
millisecond: 1,
second: 1000,
minute: 60 * 1000,
hour: 3600 * 1000,
day: 24 * 3600 * 1000,
week: 7 * 24 * 3600 * 1000
};
// Store the range on the button object
if (fixedTimes[type]) {
rangeOptions._range = fixedTimes[type] * count;
}
else if (type === 'month' || type === 'year') {
rangeOptions._range = {
month: 30,
year: 365
}[type] * 24 * 36e5 * count;
}
rangeOptions._offsetMin = pick(rangeOptions.offsetMin, 0);
rangeOptions._offsetMax = pick(rangeOptions.offsetMax, 0);
rangeOptions._range +=
rangeOptions._offsetMax - rangeOptions._offsetMin;
}
/**
* Get the unix timestamp of a HTML input for the dates
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#getInputValue
*/
getInputValue(name) {
const input = name === 'min' ? this.minInput : this.maxInput;
const options = this.chart.options
.rangeSelector;
const time = this.chart.time;
if (input) {
return ((input.type === 'text' && options.inputDateParser) ||
this.defaultInputDateParser)(input.value, time.useUTC, time);
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Set the internal and displayed value of a HTML input for the dates
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#setInputValue
*/
setInputValue(name, inputTime) {
const options = this.options, time = this.chart.time, input = name === 'min' ? this.minInput : this.maxInput, dateBox = name === 'min' ? this.minDateBox : this.maxDateBox;
if (input) {
const hcTimeAttr = input.getAttribute('data-hc-time');
let updatedTime = defined(hcTimeAttr) ? Number(hcTimeAttr) : void 0;
if (defined(inputTime)) {
const previousTime = updatedTime;
if (defined(previousTime)) {
input.setAttribute('data-hc-time-previous', previousTime);
}
input.setAttribute('data-hc-time', inputTime);
updatedTime = inputTime;
}
input.value = time.dateFormat((this.inputTypeFormats[input.type] ||
options.inputEditDateFormat), updatedTime);
if (dateBox) {
dateBox.attr({
text: time.dateFormat(options.inputDateFormat, updatedTime)
});
}
}
}
/**
* Set the min and max value of a HTML input for the dates
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#setInputExtremes
*/
setInputExtremes(name, min, max) {
const input = name === 'min' ? this.minInput : this.maxInput;
if (input) {
const format = this.inputTypeFormats[input.type];
const time = this.chart.time;
if (format) {
const newMin = time.dateFormat(format, min);
if (input.min !== newMin) {
input.min = newMin;
}
const newMax = time.dateFormat(format, max);
if (input.max !== newMax) {
input.max = newMax;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#showInput
* @param {string} name
*/
showInput(name) {
const dateBox = name === 'min' ? this.minDateBox : this.maxDateBox, input = name === 'min' ? this.minInput : this.maxInput;
if (input && dateBox && this.inputGroup) {
const isTextInput = input.type === 'text', { translateX = 0, translateY = 0 } = this.inputGroup, { x = 0, width = 0, height = 0 } = dateBox, { inputBoxWidth } = this.options;
css(input, {
width: isTextInput ?
((width + (inputBoxWidth ? -2 : 20)) + 'px') :
'auto',
height: (height - 2) + 'px',
border: '2px solid silver'
});
if (isTextInput && inputBoxWidth) {
css(input, {
left: (translateX + x) + 'px',
top: translateY + 'px'
});
// Inputs of types date, time or datetime-local should be centered
// on top of the dateBox
}
else {
css(input, {
left: Math.min(Math.round(x +
translateX -
(input.offsetWidth - width) / 2), this.chart.chartWidth - input.offsetWidth) + 'px',
top: (translateY - (input.offsetHeight - height) / 2) + 'px'
});
}
}
}
/**
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#hideInput
* @param {string} name
*/
hideInput(name) {
const input = name === 'min' ? this.minInput : this.maxInput;
if (input) {
css(input, {
top: '-9999em',
border: 0,
width: '1px',
height: '1px'
});
}
}
/**
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#defaultInputDateParser
*/
defaultInputDateParser(inputDate, useUTC, time) {
const hasTimezone = (str) => str.length > 6 &&
(str.lastIndexOf('-') === str.length - 6 ||
str.lastIndexOf('+') === str.length - 6);
let input = inputDate.split('/').join('-').split(' ').join('T');
if (input.indexOf('T') === -1) {
input += 'T00:00';
}
if (useUTC) {
input += 'Z';
}
else if (H.isSafari && !hasTimezone(input)) {
const offset = new Date(input).getTimezoneOffset() / 60;
input += offset <= 0 ? `+${pad(-offset)}:00` : `-${pad(offset)}:00`;
}
let date = Date.parse(input);
// If the value isn't parsed directly to a value by the
// browser's Date.parse method, try
// parsing it a different way
if (!isNumber(date)) {
const parts = inputDate.split('-');
date = Date.UTC(pInt(parts[0]), pInt(parts[1]) - 1, pInt(parts[2]));
}
if (time && useUTC && isNumber(date)) {
date += time.getTimezoneOffset(date);
}
return date;
}
/**
* Draw either the 'from' or the 'to' HTML input box of the range selector
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#drawInput
*/
drawInput(name) {
const { chart, div, inputGroup } = this;
const rangeSelector = this, chartStyle = chart.renderer.style || {}, renderer = chart.renderer, options = chart.options.rangeSelector, lang = defaultOptions.lang, isMin = name === 'min';
/**
* @private
*/
function updateExtremes() {
const { maxInput, minInput } = rangeSelector, chartAxis = chart.xAxis[0], unionExtremes = (chart.scroller && chart.scroller.getUnionExtremes()) || chartAxis, dataMin = unionExtremes.dataMin, dataMax = unionExtremes.dataMax;
let value = rangeSelector.getInputValue(name);
if (value !== Number(input.getAttribute('data-hc-time-previous')) &&
isNumber(value)) {
input.setAttribute('data-hc-time-previous', value);
// Validate the extremes. If it goes beyond the data min or
// max, use the actual data extreme (#2438).
if (isMin && maxInput && isNumber(dataMin)) {
if (value > Number(maxInput.getAttribute('data-hc-time'))) {
value = void 0;
}
else if (value < dataMin) {
value = dataMin;
}
}
else if (minInput && isNumber(dataMax)) {
if (value < Number(minInput.getAttribute('data-hc-time'))) {
value = void 0;
}
else if (value > dataMax) {
value = dataMax;
}
}
// Set the extremes
if (typeof value !== 'undefined') { // @todo typeof undefined
chartAxis.setExtremes(isMin ? value : chartAxis.min, isMin ? chartAxis.max : value, void 0, void 0, { trigger: 'rangeSelectorInput' });
}
}
}
// Create the text label
const text = lang[isMin ? 'rangeSelectorFrom' : 'rangeSelectorTo'] || '';
const label = renderer
.label(text, 0)
.addClass('highcharts-range-label')
.attr({
padding: text ? 2 : 0,
height: text ? options.inputBoxHeight : 0
})
.add(inputGroup);
// Create an SVG label that shows updated date ranges and records click
// events that bring in the HTML input.
const dateBox = renderer
.label('', 0)
.addClass('highcharts-range-input')
.attr({
padding: 2,
width: options.inputBoxWidth,
height: options.inputBoxHeight,
'text-align': 'center'
})
.on('click', function () {
// If it is already focused, the onfocus event doesn't fire
// (#3713)
rangeSelector.showInput(name);
rangeSelector[name + 'Input'].focus();
});
if (!chart.styledMode) {
dateBox.attr({
stroke: options.inputBoxBorderColor,
'stroke-width': 1
});
}
dateBox.add(inputGroup);
// Create the HTML input element. This is rendered as 1x1 pixel then set
// to the right size when focused.
const input = createElement('input', {
name: name,
className: 'highcharts-range-selector'
}, void 0, div);
// #14788: Setting input.type to an unsupported type throws in IE, so
// we need to use setAttribute instead
input.setAttribute('type', preferredInputType(options.inputDateFormat || '%e %b %Y'));
if (!chart.styledMode) {
// Styles
label.css(merge(chartStyle, options.labelStyle));
dateBox.css(merge({
color: "#333333" /* Palette.neutralColor80 */
}, chartStyle, options.inputStyle));
css(input, extend({
position: 'absolute',
border: 0,
boxShadow: '0 0 15px rgba(0,0,0,0.3)',
width: '1px',
height: '1px',
padding: 0,
textAlign: 'center',
fontSize: chartStyle.fontSize,
fontFamily: chartStyle.fontFamily,
top: '-9999em' // #4798
}, options.inputStyle));
}
// Blow up the input box
input.onfocus = () => {
rangeSelector.showInput(name);
};
// Hide away the input box
input.onblur = () => {
// Update extremes only when inputs are active
if (input === H.doc.activeElement) { // Only when focused
// Update also when no `change` event is triggered, like when
// clicking inside the SVG (#4710)
updateExtremes();
}
// #10404 - move hide and blur outside focus
rangeSelector.hideInput(name);
rangeSelector.setInputValue(name);
input.blur(); // #4606
};
let keyDown = false;
// Handle changes in the input boxes
input.onchange = () => {
// Update extremes and blur input when clicking date input calendar
if (!keyDown) {
updateExtremes();
rangeSelector.hideInput(name);
input.blur();
}
};
input.onkeypress = (event) => {
// IE does not fire onchange on enter
if (event.keyCode === 13) {
updateExtremes();
}
};
input.onkeydown = (event) => {
keyDown = true;
// Arrow keys
if (event.keyCode === 38 || event.keyCode === 40) {
updateExtremes();
}
};
input.onkeyup = () => {
keyDown = false;
};
return { dateBox, input, label };
}
/**
* Get the position of the range selector buttons and inputs. This can be
* overridden from outside for custom positioning.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#getPosition
*/
getPosition() {
const chart = this.chart, options = chart.options.rangeSelector, top = options.verticalAlign === 'top' ?
chart.plotTop - chart.axisOffset[0] :
0; // Set offset only for verticalAlign top
return {
buttonTop: top + options.buttonPosition.y,
inputTop: top + options.inputPosition.y - 10
};
}
/**
* Get the extremes of YTD. Will choose dataMax if its value is lower than
* the current timestamp. Will choose dataMin if its value is higher than
* the timestamp for the start of current year.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#getYTDExtremes
* @return {*}
* Returns min and max for the YTD
*/
getYTDExtremes(dataMax, dataMin, useUTC) {
const time = this.chart.time, now = new time.Date(dataMax), year = time.get('FullYear', now), startOfYear = useUTC ?
time.Date.UTC(year, 0, 1) : // eslint-disable-line new-cap
+new time.Date(year, 0, 1), min = Math.max(dataMin, startOfYear), ts = now.getTime();
return {
max: Math.min(dataMax || ts, ts),
min
};
}
/**
* Render the range selector including the buttons and the inputs. The first
* time render is called, the elements are created and positioned. On
* subsequent calls, they are moved and updated.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#render
* @param {number} [min]
* X axis minimum
* @param {number} [max]
* X axis maximum
*/
render(min, max) {
const chart = this.chart, renderer = chart.renderer, container = chart.container, chartOptions = chart.options, options = chartOptions.rangeSelector,
// Place inputs above the container
inputsZIndex = pick(chartOptions.chart.style &&
chartOptions.chart.style.zIndex, 0) + 1, inputEnabled = options.inputEnabled, rendered = this.rendered;
if (options.enabled === false) {
return;
}
// Create the elements
if (!rendered) {
this.group = renderer.g('range-selector-group')
.attr({
zIndex: 7
})
.add();
this.div = createElement('div', void 0, {
position: 'relative',
height: 0,
zIndex: inputsZIndex
});
if (this.buttonOptions.length) {
this.renderButtons();
}
// First create a wrapper outside the container in order to make
// the inputs work and make export correct
if (container.parentNode) {
container.parentNode.insertBefore(this.div, container);
}
if (inputEnabled) {
// Create the group to keep the inputs
this.inputGroup = renderer.g('input-group').add(this.group);
const minElems = this.drawInput('min');
this.minDateBox = minElems.dateBox;
this.minLabel = minElems.label;
this.minInput = minElems.input;
const maxElems = this.drawInput('max');
this.maxDateBox = maxElems.dateBox;
this.maxLabel = maxElems.label;
this.maxInput = maxElems.input;
}
}
if (inputEnabled) {
// Set or reset the input values
this.setInputValue('min', min);
this.setInputValue('max', max);
const unionExtremes = (chart.scroller && chart.scroller.getUnionExtremes()) || chart.xAxis[0] || {};
if (defined(unionExtremes.dataMin) &&
defined(unionExtremes.dataMax)) {
const minRange = chart.xAxis[0].minRange || 0;
this.setInputExtremes('min', unionExtremes.dataMin, Math.min(unionExtremes.dataMax, this.getInputValue('max')) - minRange);
this.setInputExtremes('max', Math.max(unionExtremes.dataMin, this.getInputValue('min')) + minRange, unionExtremes.dataMax);
}
// Reflow
if (this.inputGroup) {
let x = 0;
[
this.minLabel,
this.minDateBox,
this.maxLabel,
this.maxDateBox
].forEach((label) => {
if (label) {
const { width } = label.getBBox();
if (width) {
label.attr({ x });
x += width + options.inputSpacing;
}
}
});
}
}
this.alignElements();
this.rendered = true;
}
/**
* Render the range buttons. This only runs the first time, later the
* positioning is laid out in alignElements.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#renderButtons
*/
renderButtons() {
const { buttons, chart, options } = this;
const lang = defaultOptions.lang;
const renderer = chart.renderer;
const buttonTheme = merge(options.buttonTheme);
const states = buttonTheme && buttonTheme.states;
// Prevent the button from resetting the width when the button state
// changes since we need more control over the width when collapsing
// the buttons
const width = buttonTheme.width || 28;
delete buttonTheme.width;
delete buttonTheme.states;
this.buttonGroup = renderer.g('range-selector-buttons').add(this.group);
const dropdown = this.dropdown = createElement('select', void 0, {
position: 'absolute',
width: '1px',
height: '1px',
padding: 0,
border: 0,
top: '-9999em',
cursor: 'pointer',
opacity: 0.0001
}, this.div);
// Prevent page zoom on iPhone
addEvent(dropdown, 'touchstart', () => {
dropdown.style.fontSize = '16px';
});
// Forward events from select to button
[
[H.isMS ? 'mouseover' : 'mouseenter'],
[H.isMS ? 'mouseout' : 'mouseleave'],
['change', 'click']
].forEach(([from, to]) => {
addEvent(dropdown, from, () => {
const button = buttons[this.currentButtonIndex()];
if (button) {
fireEvent(button.element, to || from);
}
});
});
this.zoomText = renderer
.label((lang && lang.rangeSelectorZoom) || '', 0)
.attr({
padding: options.buttonTheme.padding,
height: options.buttonTheme.height,
paddingLeft: 0,
paddingRight: 0
})
.add(this.buttonGroup);
if (!this.chart.styledMode) {
this.zoomText.css(options.labelStyle);
buttonTheme['stroke-width'] = pick(buttonTheme['stroke-width'], 0);
}
createElement('option', {
textContent: this.zoomText.textStr,
disabled: true
}, void 0, dropdown);
this.buttonOptions.forEach((rangeOptions, i) => {
createElement('option', {
textContent: rangeOptions.title || rangeOptions.text
}, void 0, dropdown);
buttons[i] = renderer
.button(rangeOptions.text, 0, 0, (e) => {
// Extract events from button object and call
const buttonEvents = (rangeOptions.events && rangeOptions.events.click);
let callDefaultEvent;
if (buttonEvents) {
callDefaultEvent =
buttonEvents.call(rangeOptions, e);
}
if (callDefaultEvent !== false) {
this.clickButton(i);
}
this.isActive = true;
}, buttonTheme, states && states.hover, states && states.select, states && states.disabled)
.attr({
'text-align': 'center',
width
})
.add(this.buttonGroup);
if (rangeOptions.title) {
buttons[i].attr('title', rangeOptions.title);
}
});
}
/**
* Align the elements horizontally and vertically.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#alignElements
*/
alignElements() {
const { buttonGroup, buttons, chart, group, inputGroup, options, zoomText } = this;
const chartOptions = chart.options;
const navButtonOptions = (chartOptions.exporting &&
chartOptions.exporting.enabled !== false &&
chartOptions.navigation &&
chartOptions.navigation.buttonOptions);
const { buttonPosition, inputPosition, verticalAlign } = options;
// Get the X offset required to avoid overlapping with the exporting
// button. This is used both by the buttonGroup and the inputGroup.
const getXOffsetForExportButton = (group, position) => {
if (navButtonOptions &&
this.titleCollision(chart) &&
verticalAlign === 'top' &&
position.align === 'right' && ((position.y -
group.getBBox().height - 12) <
((navButtonOptions.y || 0) +
(navButtonOptions.height || 0) +
chart.spacing[0]))) {
return -40;
}
return 0;
};
let plotLeft = chart.plotLeft;
if (group && buttonPosition && inputPosition) {
let translateX = buttonPosition.x - chart.spacing[3];
if (buttonGroup) {
this.positionButtons();
if (!this.initialButtonGroupWidth) {
let width = 0;
if (zoomText) {
width += zoomText.getBBox().width + 5;
}
buttons.forEach((button, i) => {
width += button.width || 0;
if (i !== buttons.length - 1) {
width += options.buttonSpacing;
}
});
this.initialButtonGroupWidth = width;
}
plotLeft -= chart.spacing[3];
this.updateButtonStates();
// Detect collision between button group and exporting
const xOffsetForExportButton = getXOffsetForExportButton(buttonGroup, buttonPosition);
this.alignButtonGroup(xOffsetForExportButton);
// Skip animation
group.placed = buttonGroup.placed = chart.hasLoaded;
}
let xOffsetForExportButton = 0;
if (inputGroup) {
// Detect collision between the input group and exporting button
xOffsetForExportButton = getXOffsetForExportButton(inputGroup, inputPosition);
if (inputPosition.align === 'left') {
translateX = plotLeft;
}
else if (inputPosition.align === 'right') {
translateX = -Math.max(chart.axisOffset[1], -xOffsetForExportButton);
}
// Update the alignment to the updated spacing box
inputGroup.align({
y: inputPosition.y,
width: inputGroup.getBBox().width,
align: inputPosition.align,
// Fix wrong getBBox() value on right align
x: inputPosition.x + translateX - 2
}, true, chart.spacingBox);
// Skip animation
inputGroup.placed = chart.hasLoaded;
}
this.handleCollision(xOffsetForExportButton);
// Vertical align
group.align({
verticalAlign
}, true, chart.spacingBox);
const alignTranslateY = group.alignAttr.translateY;
// Set position
let groupHeight = group.getBBox().height + 20; // # 20 padding
let translateY = 0;
// Calculate bottom position
if (verticalAlign === 'bottom') {
const legendOptions = chart.legend && chart.legend.options;
const legendHeight = (legendOptions &&
legendOptions.verticalAlign === 'bottom' &&
legendOptions.enabled &&
!legendOptions.floating ?
(chart.legend.legendHeight +
pick(legendOptions.margin, 10)) :
0);
groupHeight = groupHeight + legendHeight - 20;
translateY = (alignTranslateY -
groupHeight -
(options.floating ? 0 : options.y) -
(chart.titleOffset ? chart.titleOffset[2] : 0) -
10 // 10 spacing
);
}
if (verticalAlign === 'top') {
if (options.floating) {
translateY = 0;
}
if (chart.titleOffset && chart.titleOffset[0]) {
translateY = chart.titleOffset[0];
}
translateY += ((chart.margin[0] - chart.spacing[0]) || 0);
}
else if (verticalAlign === 'middle') {
if (inputPosition.y === buttonPosition.y) {
translateY = alignTranslateY;
}
else if (inputPosition.y || buttonPosition.y) {
if (inputPosition.y < 0 ||
buttonPosition.y < 0) {
translateY -= Math.min(inputPosition.y, buttonPosition.y);
}
else {
translateY = alignTranslateY - groupHeight;
}
}
}
group.translate(options.x, options.y + Math.floor(translateY));
// Translate HTML inputs
const { minInput, maxInput, dropdown } = this;
if (options.inputEnabled && minInput && maxInput) {
minInput.style.marginTop = group.translateY + 'px';
maxInput.style.marginTop = group.translateY + 'px';
}
if (dropdown) {
dropdown.style.marginTop = group.translateY + 'px';
}
}
}
/**
* Align the button group horizontally and vertically.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#alignButtonGroup
* @param {number} xOffsetForExportButton
* @param {number} [width]
*/
alignButtonGroup(xOffsetForExportButton, width) {
const { chart, options, buttonGroup } = this;
const { buttonPosition } = options;
const plotLeft = chart.plotLeft - chart.spacing[3];
let translateX = buttonPosition.x - chart.spacing[3];
if (buttonPosition.align === 'right') {
translateX += xOffsetForExportButton - plotLeft; // #13014
}
else if (buttonPosition.align === 'center') {
translateX -= plotLeft / 2;
}
if (buttonGroup) {
// Align button group
buttonGroup.align({
y: buttonPosition.y,
width: pick(width, this.initialButtonGroupWidth),
align: buttonPosition.align,
x: translateX
}, true, chart.spacingBox);
}
}
/**
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#positionButtons
*/
positionButtons() {
const { buttons, chart, options, zoomText } = this;
const verb = chart.hasLoaded ? 'animate' : 'attr';
const { buttonPosition } = options;
const plotLeft = chart.plotLeft;
let buttonLeft = plotLeft;
if (zoomText && zoomText.visibility !== 'hidden') {
// #8769, allow dynamically updating margins
zoomText[verb]({
x: pick(plotLeft + buttonPosition.x, plotLeft)
});
// Button start position
buttonLeft += buttonPosition.x +
zoomText.getBBox().width + 5;
}
for (let i = 0, iEnd = this.buttonOptions.length; i < iEnd; ++i) {
if (buttons[i].visibility !== 'hidden') {
buttons[i][verb]({ x: buttonLeft });
// Increase the button position for the next button
buttonLeft += (buttons[i].width || 0) + options.buttonSpacing;
}
else {
buttons[i][verb]({ x: plotLeft });
}
}
}
/**
* Handle collision between the button group and the input group
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#handleCollision
*
* @param {number} xOffsetForExportButton
* The X offset of the group required to make room for the
* exporting button
*/
handleCollision(xOffsetForExportButton) {
const { chart, buttonGroup, inputGroup } = this;
const { buttonPosition, dropdown, inputPosition } = this.options;
const maxButtonWidth = () => {
let buttonWidth = 0;
this.buttons.forEach((button) => {
const bBox = button.getBBox();
if (bBox.width > buttonWidth) {
buttonWidth = bBox.width;
}
});
return buttonWidth;
};
const groupsOverlap = (buttonGroupWidth) => {
if (inputGroup && buttonGroup) {
const inputGroupX = (inputGroup.alignAttr.translateX +
inputGroup.alignOptions.x -
xOffsetForExportButton +
// `getBBox` for detecing left margin
inputGroup.getBBox().x +
// 2px padding to not overlap input and label
2);
const inputGroupWidth = inputGroup.alignOptions.width;
const buttonGroupX = buttonGroup.alignAttr.translateX +
buttonGroup.getBBox().x;
return (buttonGroupX + buttonGroupWidth > inputGroupX) &&
(inputGroupX + inputGroupWidth > buttonGroupX) &&
(buttonPosition.y <
(inputPosition.y +
inputGroup.getBBox().height));
}
return false;
};
const moveInputsDown = () => {
if (inputGroup && buttonGroup) {
inputGroup.attr({
translateX: inputGroup.alignAttr.translateX + (chart.axisOffset[1] >= -xOffsetForExportButton ?
0 :
-xOffsetForExportButton),
translateY: inputGroup.alignAttr.translateY +
buttonGroup.getBBox().height + 10
});
}
};
if (buttonGroup) {
if (dropdown === 'always') {
this.collapseButtons(xOffsetForExportButton);
if (groupsOverlap(maxButtonWidth())) {
// Move the inputs down if there is still a collision
// after collapsing the buttons
moveInputsDown();
}
return;
}
if (dropdown === 'never') {
this.expandButtons();
}
}
// Detect collision
if (inputGroup && buttonGroup) {
if ((inputPosition.align === buttonPosition.align) ||
// 20 is minimal spacing between elements
groupsOverlap(this.initialButtonGroupWidth + 20)) {
if (dropdown === 'responsive') {
this.collapseButtons(xOffsetForExportButton);
if (groupsOverlap(maxButtonWidth())) {
moveInputsDown();
}
}
else {
moveInputsDown();
}
}
else if (dropdown === 'responsive') {
this.expandButtons();
}
}
else if (buttonGroup && dropdown === 'responsive') {
if (this.initialButtonGroupWidth > chart.plotWidth) {
this.collapseButtons(xOffsetForExportButton);
}
else {
this.expandButtons();
}
}
}
/**
* Collapse the buttons and put the select element on top.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#collapseButtons
* @param {number} xOffsetForExportButton
*/
collapseButtons(xOffsetForExportButton) {
const { buttons, buttonOptions, chart, dropdown, options, zoomText } = this;
// If the buttons are already collapsed do nothing.
if (this.isCollapsed === true) {
return;
}
this.isCollapsed = true;
const userButtonTheme = (chart.userOptions.rangeSelector &&
chart.userOptions.rangeSelector.buttonTheme) || {};
const getAttribs = (text) => ({
text: text ? `${text} ▾` : '▾',
width: 'auto',
paddingLeft: pick(options.buttonTheme.paddingLeft, userButtonTheme.padding, 8),
paddingRight: pick(options.buttonTheme.paddingRight, userButtonTheme.padding, 8)
});
if (zoomText) {
zoomText.hide();
}
let hasActiveButton = false;
buttonOptions.forEach((rangeOptions, i) => {
const button = buttons[i];
if (button.state !== 2) {
button.hide();
}
else {
button.show();
button.attr(getAttribs(rangeOptions.text));
hasActiveButton = true;
}
});
if (!hasActiveButton) {
if (dropdown) {
dropdown.selectedIndex = 0;
}
buttons[0].show();
buttons[0].attr(getAttribs(this.zoomText && this.zoomText.textStr));
}
const { align } = options.buttonPosition;
this.positionButtons();
if (align === 'right' || align === 'center') {
this.alignButtonGroup(xOffsetForExportButton, buttons[this.currentButtonIndex()].getBBox().width);
}
this.showDropdown();
}
/**
* Show all the buttons and hide the select element.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#expandButtons
*/
expandButtons() {
const { buttons, buttonOptions, options, zoomText } = this;
this.hideDropdown();
// If buttons are already not collapsed, do nothing.
if (this.isCollapsed === false) {
return;
}
this.isCollapsed = false;
if (zoomText) {
zoomText.show();
}
buttonOptions.forEach((rangeOptions, i) => {
const button = buttons[i];
button.show();
button.attr({
text: rangeOptions.text,
width: options.buttonTheme.width || 28,
paddingLeft: pick(options.buttonTheme.paddingLeft, 'unset'),
paddingRight: pick(options.buttonTheme.paddingRight, 'unset')
});
if (button.state < 2) {
button.setState(0);
}
});
this.positionButtons();
}
/**
* Get the index of the visible button when the buttons are collapsed.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#currentButtonIndex
*/
currentButtonIndex() {
const { dropdown } = this;
if (dropdown && dropdown.selectedIndex > 0) {
return dropdown.selectedIndex - 1;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Position the select element on top of the button.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#showDropdown
*/
showDropdown() {
const { buttonGroup, buttons, chart, dropdown } = this;
if (buttonGroup && dropdown) {
const { translateX = 0, translateY = 0 } = buttonGroup, bBox = buttons[this.currentButtonIndex()].getBBox();
css(dropdown, {
left: (chart.plotLeft + translateX) + 'px',
top: (translateY + 0.5) + 'px',
width: bBox.width + 'px',
height: bBox.height + 'px'
});
this.hasVisibleDropdown = true;
}
}
/**
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#hideDropdown
*/
hideDropdown() {
const { dropdown } = this;
if (dropdown) {
css(dropdown, {
top: '-9999em',
width: '1px',
height: '1px'
});
this.hasVisibleDropdown = false;
}
}
/**
* Extracts height of range selector
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#getHeight
* @return {number}
* Returns rangeSelector height
*/
getHeight() {
const rangeSelector = this, options = rangeSelector.options, rangeSelectorGroup = rangeSelector.group, inputPosition = options.inputPosition, buttonPosition = options.buttonPosition, yPosition = options.y, buttonPositionY = buttonPosition.y, inputPositionY = inputPosition.y;
let rangeSelectorHeight = 0;
if (options.height) {
return options.height;
}
// Align the elements before we read the height in case we're switching
// between wrapped and non-wrapped layout
this.alignElements();
rangeSelectorHeight = rangeSelectorGroup ?
// 13px to keep back compatibility
(rangeSelectorGroup.getBBox(true).height) + 13 +
yPosition :
0;
const minPosition = Math.min(inputPositionY, buttonPositionY);
if ((inputPositionY < 0 && buttonPositionY < 0) ||
(inputPositionY > 0 && buttonPositionY > 0)) {
rangeSelectorHeight += Math.abs(minPosition);
}
return rangeSelectorHeight;
}
/**
* Detect collision with title or subtitle
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#titleCollision
* @return {boolean}
* Returns collision status
*/
titleCollision(chart) {
return !(chart.options.title.text ||
chart.options.subtitle.text);
}
/**
* Update the range selector with new options
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#update
* @param {Highcharts.RangeSelectorOptions} options
*/
update(options) {
const chart = this.chart;
merge(true, chart.options.rangeSelector, options);
this.destroy();
this.init(chart);
this.render();
}
/**
* Destroys allocated elements.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.RangeSelector#destroy
*/
destroy() {
const rSelector = this, minInput = rSelector.minInput, maxInput = rSelector.maxInput;
if (rSelector.eventsToUnbind) {
rSelector.eventsToUnbind.forEach((unbind) => unbind());
rSelector.eventsToUnbind = void 0;
}
// Destroy elements in collections
destroyObjectProperties(rSelector.buttons);
// Clear input element events
if (minInput) {
minInput.onfocus = minInput.onblur = minInput.onchange = null;
}
if (maxInput) {
maxInput.onfocus = maxInput.onblur = maxInput.onchange = null;
}
// Destroy HTML and SVG elements
objectEach(rSelector, function (val, key) {
if (val && key !== 'chart') {
if (val instanceof SVGElement) {
// SVGElement
val.destroy();
}
else if (val instanceof window.HTMLElement) {
// HTML element
discardElement(val);
}
}
if (val !== RangeSelector.prototype[key]) {
rSelector[key] = null;
}
}, this);
}
}
extend(RangeSelector.prototype, {
/**
* The default buttons for pre-selecting time frames.
* @private
*/
defaultButtons: [{
type: 'month',
count: 1,
text: '1m',
title: 'View 1 month'
}, {
type: 'month',
count: 3,
text: '3m',
title: 'View 3 months'
}, {
type: 'month',
count: 6,
text: '6m',
title: 'View 6 months'
}, {
type: 'ytd',
text: 'YTD',
title: 'View year to date'
}, {
type: 'year',
count: 1,
text: '1y',
title: 'View 1 year'
}, {
type: 'all',
text: 'All',
title: 'View all'
}],
/**
* The date formats to use when setting min, max and value on date inputs.
* @private
*/
inputTypeFormats: {
'datetime-local': '%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S',
'date': '%Y-%m-%d',
'time': '%H:%M:%S'
}
});
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* Define the time span for the button
*
* @typedef {"all"|"day"|"hour"|"millisecond"|"minute"|"month"|"second"|"week"|"year"|"ytd"} Highcharts.RangeSelectorButtonTypeValue
*/
/**
* Callback function to react on button clicks.
*
* @callback Highcharts.RangeSelectorClickCallbackFunction
*
* @param {global.Event} e
* Event arguments.
*
* @param {boolean|undefined}
* Return false to cancel the default button event.
*/
/**
* Callback function to parse values entered in the input boxes and return a
* valid JavaScript time as milliseconds since 1970.
*
* @callback Highcharts.RangeSelectorParseCallbackFunction
*
* @param {string} value
* Input value to parse.
*
* @return {number}
* Parsed JavaScript time value.
*/
(''); // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return RangeSelector;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/PathUtilities.js', [], function () {
/* *
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Pawel Lysy
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const getLinkPath = {
'default': getDefaultPath,
straight: getStraightPath,
curved: getCurvedPath
};
/**
*
*/
function getDefaultPath(pathParams) {
const { x1, y1, x2, y2, width = 0, inverted = false, radius, parentVisible } = pathParams;
const path = [
['M', x1, y1],
['L', x1, y1],
['C', x1, y1, x1, y2, x1, y2],
['L', x1, y2],
['C', x1, y1, x1, y2, x1, y2],
['L', x1, y2]
];
return parentVisible ?
applyRadius([
['M', x1, y1],
['L', x1 + width * (inverted ? -0.5 : 0.5), y1],
['L', x1 + width * (inverted ? -0.5 : 0.5), y2],
['L', x2, y2]
], radius) :
path;
}
/**
*
*/
function getStraightPath(pathParams) {
const { x1, y1, x2, y2, width = 0, inverted = false, parentVisible } = pathParams;
return parentVisible ? [
['M', x1, y1],
['L', x1 + width * (inverted ? -1 : 1), y2],
['L', x2, y2]
] : [
['M', x1, y1],
['L', x1, y2],
['L', x1, y2]
];
}
/**
*
*/
function getCurvedPath(pathParams) {
const { x1, y1, x2, y2, offset = 0, width = 0, inverted = false, parentVisible } = pathParams;
return parentVisible ?
[
['M', x1, y1],
[
'C',
x1 + offset,
y1,
x1 - offset + width * (inverted ? -1 : 1),
y2,
x1 + width * (inverted ? -1 : 1),
y2
],
['L', x2, y2]
] :
[
['M', x1, y1],
['C', x1, y1, x1, y2, x1, y2],
['L', x2, y2]
];
}
/**
* General function to apply corner radius to a path
* @private
*/
function applyRadius(path, r) {
const d = [];
for (let i = 0; i < path.length; i++) {
const x = path[i][1];
const y = path[i][2];
if (typeof x === 'number' && typeof y === 'number') {
// MoveTo
if (i === 0) {
d.push(['M', x, y]);
}
else if (i === path.length - 1) {
d.push(['L', x, y]);
// CurveTo
}
else if (r) {
const prevSeg = path[i - 1];
const nextSeg = path[i + 1];
if (prevSeg && nextSeg) {
const x1 = prevSeg[1], y1 = prevSeg[2], x2 = nextSeg[1], y2 = nextSeg[2];
// Only apply to breaks
if (typeof x1 === 'number' &&
typeof x2 === 'number' &&
typeof y1 === 'number' &&
typeof y2 === 'number' &&
x1 !== x2 &&
y1 !== y2) {
const directionX = x1 < x2 ? 1 : -1, directionY = y1 < y2 ? 1 : -1;
d.push([
'L',
x - directionX * Math.min(Math.abs(x - x1), r),
y - directionY * Math.min(Math.abs(y - y1), r)
], [
'C',
x,
y,
x,
y,
x + directionX * Math.min(Math.abs(x - x2), r),
y + directionY * Math.min(Math.abs(y - y2), r)
]);
}
}
// LineTo
}
else {
d.push(['L', x, y]);
}
}
}
return d;
}
const PathUtilities = {
applyRadius,
getLinkPath
};
return PathUtilities;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Gantt/PathfinderAlgorithms.js', [_modules['Series/PathUtilities.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (PathUtilities, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Author: Øystein Moseng
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { pick } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
const { min, max, abs } = Math;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Get index of last obstacle before xMin. Employs a type of binary search, and
* thus requires that obstacles are sorted by xMin value.
*
* @private
* @function findLastObstacleBefore
*
* @param {Array<object>} obstacles
* Array of obstacles to search in.
*
* @param {number} xMin
* The xMin threshold.
*
* @param {number} [startIx]
* Starting index to search from. Must be within array range.
*
* @return {number}
* The index of the last obstacle element before xMin.
*/
function findLastObstacleBefore(obstacles, xMin, startIx) {
const min = xMin - 0.0000001; // Make sure we include all obstacles at xMin
let left = startIx || 0, // Left limit
right = obstacles.length - 1, // Right limit
cursor, cmp;
while (left <= right) {
cursor = (right + left) >> 1;
cmp = min - obstacles[cursor].xMin;
if (cmp > 0) {
left = cursor + 1;
}
else if (cmp < 0) {
right = cursor - 1;
}
else {
return cursor;
}
}
return left > 0 ? left - 1 : 0;
}
/**
* Test if a point lays within an obstacle.
*
* @private
* @function pointWithinObstacle
*
* @param {Object} obstacle
* Obstacle to test.
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} point
* Point with x/y props.
*
* @return {boolean}
* Whether point is within the obstacle or not.
*/
function pointWithinObstacle(obstacle, point) {
return (point.x <= obstacle.xMax &&
point.x >= obstacle.xMin &&
point.y <= obstacle.yMax &&
point.y >= obstacle.yMin);
}
/**
* Find the index of an obstacle that wraps around a point.
* Returns -1 if not found.
*
* @private
* @function findObstacleFromPoint
*
* @param {Array<object>} obstacles
* Obstacles to test.
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} point
* Point with x/y props.
*
* @return {number}
* Ix of the obstacle in the array, or -1 if not found.
*/
function findObstacleFromPoint(obstacles, point) {
let i = findLastObstacleBefore(obstacles, point.x + 1) + 1;
while (i--) {
if (obstacles[i].xMax >= point.x &&
// Optimization using lazy evaluation
pointWithinObstacle(obstacles[i], point)) {
return i;
}
}
return -1;
}
/**
* Get SVG path array from array of line segments.
*
* @private
* @function pathFromSegments
*
* @param {Array<object>} segments
* The segments to build the path from.
*
* @return {Highcharts.SVGPathArray}
* SVG path array as accepted by the SVG Renderer.
*/
function pathFromSegments(segments) {
const path = [];
if (segments.length) {
path.push(['M', segments[0].start.x, segments[0].start.y]);
for (let i = 0; i < segments.length; ++i) {
path.push(['L', segments[i].end.x, segments[i].end.y]);
}
}
return path;
}
/**
* Limits obstacle max/mins in all directions to bounds. Modifies input
* obstacle.
*
* @private
* @function limitObstacleToBounds
*
* @param {Object} obstacle
* Obstacle to limit.
*
* @param {Object} bounds
* Bounds to use as limit.
*
* @return {void}
*/
function limitObstacleToBounds(obstacle, bounds) {
obstacle.yMin = max(obstacle.yMin, bounds.yMin);
obstacle.yMax = min(obstacle.yMax, bounds.yMax);
obstacle.xMin = max(obstacle.xMin, bounds.xMin);
obstacle.xMax = min(obstacle.xMax, bounds.xMax);
}
/**
* Get an SVG path from a starting coordinate to an ending coordinate.
* Draws a straight line.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder.algorithms.straight
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} start
* Starting coordinate, object with x/y props.
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} end
* Ending coordinate, object with x/y props.
*
* @return {Object}
* An object with the SVG path in Array form as accepted by the SVG
* renderer, as well as an array of new obstacles making up this
* path.
*/
function straight(start, end) {
return {
path: [
['M', start.x, start.y],
['L', end.x, end.y]
],
obstacles: [{ start: start, end: end }]
};
}
/**
* Find a path from a starting coordinate to an ending coordinate, using
* right angles only, and taking only starting/ending obstacle into
* consideration.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder.algorithms.simpleConnect
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} start
* Starting coordinate, object with x/y props.
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} end
* Ending coordinate, object with x/y props.
*
* @param {Object} options
* Options for the algorithm:
* - chartObstacles: Array of chart obstacles to avoid
* - startDirectionX: Optional. True if starting in the X direction.
* If not provided, the algorithm starts in the direction that is
* the furthest between start/end.
*
* @return {Object}
* An object with the SVG path in Array form as accepted by the SVG
* renderer, as well as an array of new obstacles making up this
* path.
*/
const simpleConnect = function (start, end, options) {
const segments = [], chartObstacles = options.chartObstacles, startObstacleIx = findObstacleFromPoint(chartObstacles, start), endObstacleIx = findObstacleFromPoint(chartObstacles, end);
let endSegment, dir = pick(options.startDirectionX, abs(end.x - start.x) > abs(end.y - start.y)) ? 'x' : 'y', startObstacle, endObstacle, waypoint, useMax, endPoint;
// eslint-disable-next-line valid-jsdoc
/**
* Return a clone of a point with a property set from a target object,
* optionally with an offset
* @private
*/
function copyFromPoint(from, fromKey, to, toKey, offset) {
const point = {
x: from.x,
y: from.y
};
point[fromKey] = to[toKey || fromKey] + (offset || 0);
return point;
}
// eslint-disable-next-line valid-jsdoc
/**
* Return waypoint outside obstacle.
* @private
*/
function getMeOut(obstacle, point, direction) {
const useMax = abs(point[direction] - obstacle[direction + 'Min']) >
abs(point[direction] - obstacle[direction + 'Max']);
return copyFromPoint(point, direction, obstacle, direction + (useMax ? 'Max' : 'Min'), useMax ? 1 : -1);
}
// Pull out end point
if (endObstacleIx > -1) {
endObstacle = chartObstacles[endObstacleIx];
waypoint = getMeOut(endObstacle, end, dir);
endSegment = {
start: waypoint,
end: end
};
endPoint = waypoint;
}
else {
endPoint = end;
}
// If an obstacle envelops the start point, add a segment to get out,
// and around it.
if (startObstacleIx > -1) {
startObstacle = chartObstacles[startObstacleIx];
waypoint = getMeOut(startObstacle, start, dir);
segments.push({
start: start,
end: waypoint
});
// If we are going back again, switch direction to get around start
// obstacle.
if (
// Going towards max from start:
waypoint[dir] >= start[dir] ===
// Going towards min to end:
waypoint[dir] >= endPoint[dir]) {
dir = dir === 'y' ? 'x' : 'y';
useMax = start[dir] < end[dir];
segments.push({
start: waypoint,
end: copyFromPoint(waypoint, dir, startObstacle, dir + (useMax ? 'Max' : 'Min'), useMax ? 1 : -1)
});
// Switch direction again
dir = dir === 'y' ? 'x' : 'y';
}
}
// We are around the start obstacle. Go towards the end in one
// direction.
const prevWaypoint = segments.length ?
segments[segments.length - 1].end :
start;
waypoint = copyFromPoint(prevWaypoint, dir, endPoint);
segments.push({
start: prevWaypoint,
end: waypoint
});
// Final run to end point in the other direction
dir = dir === 'y' ? 'x' : 'y';
const waypoint2 = copyFromPoint(waypoint, dir, endPoint);
segments.push({
start: waypoint,
end: waypoint2
});
// Finally add the endSegment
segments.push(endSegment);
const path = PathUtilities.applyRadius(pathFromSegments(segments), options.radius);
return {
path,
obstacles: segments
};
};
simpleConnect.requiresObstacles = true;
/**
* Find a path from a starting coordinate to an ending coordinate, taking
* obstacles into consideration. Might not always find the optimal path,
* but is fast, and usually good enough.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder.algorithms.fastAvoid
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} start
* Starting coordinate, object with x/y props.
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} end
* Ending coordinate, object with x/y props.
*
* @param {Object} options
* Options for the algorithm.
* - chartObstacles: Array of chart obstacles to avoid
* - lineObstacles: Array of line obstacles to jump over
* - obstacleMetrics: Object with metrics of chartObstacles cached
* - hardBounds: Hard boundaries to not cross
* - obstacleOptions: Options for the obstacles, including margin
* - startDirectionX: Optional. True if starting in the X direction.
* If not provided, the algorithm starts in the
* direction that is the furthest between
* start/end.
*
* @return {Object}
* An object with the SVG path in Array form as accepted by the SVG
* renderer, as well as an array of new obstacles making up this
* path.
*/
function fastAvoid(start, end, options) {
/*
Algorithm rules/description
- Find initial direction
- Determine soft/hard max for each direction.
- Move along initial direction until obstacle.
- Change direction.
- If hitting obstacle, first try to change length of previous line
before changing direction again.
Soft min/max x = start/destination x +/- widest obstacle + margin
Soft min/max y = start/destination y +/- tallest obstacle + margin
@todo:
- Make retrospective, try changing prev segment to reduce
corners
- Fix logic for breaking out of end-points - not always picking
the best direction currently
- When going around the end obstacle we should not always go the
shortest route, rather pick the one closer to the end point
*/
const dirIsX = pick(options.startDirectionX, abs(end.x - start.x) > abs(end.y - start.y)), dir = dirIsX ? 'x' : 'y', endSegments = [],
// Boundaries to stay within. If beyond soft boundary, prefer to
// change direction ASAP. If at hard max, always change immediately.
metrics = options.obstacleMetrics, softMinX = min(start.x, end.x) - metrics.maxWidth - 10, softMaxX = max(start.x, end.x) + metrics.maxWidth + 10, softMinY = min(start.y, end.y) - metrics.maxHeight - 10, softMaxY = max(start.y, end.y) + metrics.maxHeight + 10;
let segments, useMax, extractedEndPoint, forceObstacleBreak = false, // Used in clearPathTo to keep track of
// when to force break through an obstacle.
// Obstacles
chartObstacles = options.chartObstacles, endObstacleIx = findLastObstacleBefore(chartObstacles, softMaxX);
const startObstacleIx = findLastObstacleBefore(chartObstacles, softMinX);
// eslint-disable-next-line valid-jsdoc
/**
* How far can you go between two points before hitting an obstacle?
* Does not work for diagonal lines (because it doesn't have to).
* @private
*/
function pivotPoint(fromPoint, toPoint, directionIsX) {
const searchDirection = fromPoint.x < toPoint.x ? 1 : -1;
let firstPoint, lastPoint, highestPoint, lowestPoint;
if (fromPoint.x < toPoint.x) {
firstPoint = fromPoint;
lastPoint = toPoint;
}
else {
firstPoint = toPoint;
lastPoint = fromPoint;
}
if (fromPoint.y < toPoint.y) {
lowestPoint = fromPoint;
highestPoint = toPoint;
}
else {
lowestPoint = toPoint;
highestPoint = fromPoint;
}
// Go through obstacle range in reverse if toPoint is before
// fromPoint in the X-dimension.
let i = searchDirection < 0 ?
// Searching backwards, start at last obstacle before last point
min(findLastObstacleBefore(chartObstacles, lastPoint.x), chartObstacles.length - 1) :
// Forwards. Since we're not sorted by xMax, we have to look
// at all obstacles.
0;
// Go through obstacles in this X range
while (chartObstacles[i] && (searchDirection > 0 && chartObstacles[i].xMin <= lastPoint.x ||
searchDirection < 0 && chartObstacles[i].xMax >= firstPoint.x)) {
// If this obstacle is between from and to points in a straight
// line, pivot at the intersection.
if (chartObstacles[i].xMin <= lastPoint.x &&
chartObstacles[i].xMax >= firstPoint.x &&
chartObstacles[i].yMin <= highestPoint.y &&
chartObstacles[i].yMax >= lowestPoint.y) {
if (directionIsX) {
return {
y: fromPoint.y,
x: fromPoint.x < toPoint.x ?
chartObstacles[i].xMin - 1 :
chartObstacles[i].xMax + 1,
obstacle: chartObstacles[i]
};
}
// Else ...
return {
x: fromPoint.x,
y: fromPoint.y < toPoint.y ?
chartObstacles[i].yMin - 1 :
chartObstacles[i].yMax + 1,
obstacle: chartObstacles[i]
};
}
i += searchDirection;
}
return toPoint;
}
/**
* Decide in which direction to dodge or get out of an obstacle.
* Considers desired direction, which way is shortest, soft and hard
* bounds.
*
* (? Returns a string, either xMin, xMax, yMin or yMax.)
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {Object} obstacle
* Obstacle to dodge/escape.
*
* @param {Object} fromPoint
* Point with x/y props that's dodging/escaping.
*
* @param {Object} toPoint
* Goal point.
*
* @param {boolean} dirIsX
* Dodge in X dimension.
*
* @param {Object} bounds
* Hard and soft boundaries.
*
* @return {boolean}
* Use max or not.
*/
function getDodgeDirection(obstacle, fromPoint, toPoint, dirIsX, bounds) {
const softBounds = bounds.soft, hardBounds = bounds.hard, dir = dirIsX ? 'x' : 'y', toPointMax = { x: fromPoint.x, y: fromPoint.y }, toPointMin = { x: fromPoint.x, y: fromPoint.y }, maxOutOfSoftBounds = obstacle[dir + 'Max'] >=
softBounds[dir + 'Max'], minOutOfSoftBounds = obstacle[dir + 'Min'] <=
softBounds[dir + 'Min'], maxOutOfHardBounds = obstacle[dir + 'Max'] >=
hardBounds[dir + 'Max'], minOutOfHardBounds = obstacle[dir + 'Min'] <=
hardBounds[dir + 'Min'],
// Find out if we should prefer one direction over the other if
// we can choose freely
minDistance = abs(obstacle[dir + 'Min'] - fromPoint[dir]), maxDistance = abs(obstacle[dir + 'Max'] - fromPoint[dir]);
let // If it's a small difference, pick the one leading towards dest
// point. Otherwise pick the shortest distance
useMax = abs(minDistance - maxDistance) < 10 ?
fromPoint[dir] < toPoint[dir] :
maxDistance < minDistance;
// Check if we hit any obstacles trying to go around in either
// direction.
toPointMin[dir] = obstacle[dir + 'Min'];
toPointMax[dir] = obstacle[dir + 'Max'];
const minPivot = pivotPoint(fromPoint, toPointMin, dirIsX)[dir] !==
toPointMin[dir], maxPivot = pivotPoint(fromPoint, toPointMax, dirIsX)[dir] !==
toPointMax[dir];
useMax = minPivot ?
(maxPivot ? useMax : true) :
(maxPivot ? false : useMax);
// `useMax` now contains our preferred choice, bounds not taken into
// account. If both or neither direction is out of bounds we want to
// use this.
// Deal with soft bounds
useMax = minOutOfSoftBounds ?
(maxOutOfSoftBounds ? useMax : true) : // Out on min
(maxOutOfSoftBounds ? false : useMax); // Not out on min
// Deal with hard bounds
useMax = minOutOfHardBounds ?
(maxOutOfHardBounds ? useMax : true) : // Out on min
(maxOutOfHardBounds ? false : useMax); // Not out on min
return useMax;
}
// eslint-disable-next-line valid-jsdoc
/**
* Find a clear path between point.
* @private
*/
function clearPathTo(fromPoint, toPoint, dirIsX) {
// Don't waste time if we've hit goal
if (fromPoint.x === toPoint.x && fromPoint.y === toPoint.y) {
return [];
}
const dir = dirIsX ? 'x' : 'y', obstacleMargin = options.obstacleOptions.margin, bounds = {
soft: {
xMin: softMinX,
xMax: softMaxX,
yMin: softMinY,
yMax: softMaxY
},
hard: options.hardBounds
};
let pivot, segments, waypoint, waypointUseMax, envelopingObstacle, secondEnvelopingObstacle, envelopWaypoint;
// If fromPoint is inside an obstacle we have a problem. Break out
// by just going to the outside of this obstacle. We prefer to go to
// the nearest edge in the chosen direction.
envelopingObstacle =
findObstacleFromPoint(chartObstacles, fromPoint);
if (envelopingObstacle > -1) {
envelopingObstacle = chartObstacles[envelopingObstacle];
waypointUseMax = getDodgeDirection(envelopingObstacle, fromPoint, toPoint, dirIsX, bounds);
// Cut obstacle to hard bounds to make sure we stay within
limitObstacleToBounds(envelopingObstacle, options.hardBounds);
envelopWaypoint = dirIsX ? {
y: fromPoint.y,
x: envelopingObstacle[waypointUseMax ? 'xMax' : 'xMin'] +
(waypointUseMax ? 1 : -1)
} : {
x: fromPoint.x,
y: envelopingObstacle[waypointUseMax ? 'yMax' : 'yMin'] +
(waypointUseMax ? 1 : -1)
};
// If we crashed into another obstacle doing this, we put the
// waypoint between them instead
secondEnvelopingObstacle = findObstacleFromPoint(chartObstacles, envelopWaypoint);
if (secondEnvelopingObstacle > -1) {
secondEnvelopingObstacle = chartObstacles[secondEnvelopingObstacle];
// Cut obstacle to hard bounds
limitObstacleToBounds(secondEnvelopingObstacle, options.hardBounds);
// Modify waypoint to lay between obstacles
envelopWaypoint[dir] = waypointUseMax ? max(envelopingObstacle[dir + 'Max'] - obstacleMargin + 1, (secondEnvelopingObstacle[dir + 'Min'] +
envelopingObstacle[dir + 'Max']) / 2) :
min((envelopingObstacle[dir + 'Min'] + obstacleMargin - 1), ((secondEnvelopingObstacle[dir + 'Max'] +
envelopingObstacle[dir + 'Min']) / 2));
// We are not going anywhere. If this happens for the first
// time, do nothing. Otherwise, try to go to the extreme of
// the obstacle pair in the current direction.
if (fromPoint.x === envelopWaypoint.x &&
fromPoint.y === envelopWaypoint.y) {
if (forceObstacleBreak) {
envelopWaypoint[dir] = waypointUseMax ?
max(envelopingObstacle[dir + 'Max'], secondEnvelopingObstacle[dir + 'Max']) + 1 :
min(envelopingObstacle[dir + 'Min'], secondEnvelopingObstacle[dir + 'Min']) - 1;
}
// Toggle on if off, and the opposite
forceObstacleBreak = !forceObstacleBreak;
}
else {
// This point is not identical to previous.
// Clear break trigger.
forceObstacleBreak = false;
}
}
segments = [{
start: fromPoint,
end: envelopWaypoint
}];
}
else { // If not enveloping, use standard pivot calculation
pivot = pivotPoint(fromPoint, {
x: dirIsX ? toPoint.x : fromPoint.x,
y: dirIsX ? fromPoint.y : toPoint.y
}, dirIsX);
segments = [{
start: fromPoint,
end: {
x: pivot.x,
y: pivot.y
}
}];
// Pivot before goal, use a waypoint to dodge obstacle
if (pivot[dirIsX ? 'x' : 'y'] !== toPoint[dirIsX ? 'x' : 'y']) {
// Find direction of waypoint
waypointUseMax = getDodgeDirection(pivot.obstacle, pivot, toPoint, !dirIsX, bounds);
// Cut waypoint to hard bounds
limitObstacleToBounds(pivot.obstacle, options.hardBounds);
waypoint = {
x: dirIsX ?
pivot.x :
pivot.obstacle[waypointUseMax ? 'xMax' : 'xMin'] +
(waypointUseMax ? 1 : -1),
y: dirIsX ?
pivot.obstacle[waypointUseMax ? 'yMax' : 'yMin'] +
(waypointUseMax ? 1 : -1) :
pivot.y
};
// We're changing direction here, store that to make sure we
// also change direction when adding the last segment array
// after handling waypoint.
dirIsX = !dirIsX;
segments = segments.concat(clearPathTo({
x: pivot.x,
y: pivot.y
}, waypoint, dirIsX));
}
}
// Get segments for the other direction too
// Recursion is our friend
segments = segments.concat(clearPathTo(segments[segments.length - 1].end, toPoint, !dirIsX));
return segments;
}
// eslint-disable-next-line valid-jsdoc
/**
* Extract point to outside of obstacle in whichever direction is
* closest. Returns new point outside obstacle.
* @private
*/
function extractFromObstacle(obstacle, point, goalPoint) {
const dirIsX = min(obstacle.xMax - point.x, point.x - obstacle.xMin) <
min(obstacle.yMax - point.y, point.y - obstacle.yMin), bounds = {
soft: options.hardBounds,
hard: options.hardBounds
}, useMax = getDodgeDirection(obstacle, point, goalPoint, dirIsX, bounds);
return dirIsX ? {
y: point.y,
x: obstacle[useMax ? 'xMax' : 'xMin'] + (useMax ? 1 : -1)
} : {
x: point.x,
y: obstacle[useMax ? 'yMax' : 'yMin'] + (useMax ? 1 : -1)
};
}
// Cut the obstacle array to soft bounds for optimization in large
// datasets.
chartObstacles =
chartObstacles.slice(startObstacleIx, endObstacleIx + 1);
// If an obstacle envelops the end point, move it out of there and add
// a little segment to where it was.
if ((endObstacleIx = findObstacleFromPoint(chartObstacles, end)) > -1) {
extractedEndPoint = extractFromObstacle(chartObstacles[endObstacleIx], end, start);
endSegments.push({
end: end,
start: extractedEndPoint
});
end = extractedEndPoint;
}
// If it's still inside one or more obstacles, get out of there by
// force-moving towards the start point.
while ((endObstacleIx = findObstacleFromPoint(chartObstacles, end)) > -1) {
useMax = end[dir] - start[dir] < 0;
extractedEndPoint = {
x: end.x,
y: end.y
};
extractedEndPoint[dir] = chartObstacles[endObstacleIx][useMax ? dir + 'Max' : dir + 'Min'] + (useMax ? 1 : -1);
endSegments.push({
end: end,
start: extractedEndPoint
});
end = extractedEndPoint;
}
// Find the path
segments = clearPathTo(start, end, dirIsX);
// Add the end-point segments
segments = segments.concat(endSegments.reverse());
return {
path: pathFromSegments(segments),
obstacles: segments
};
}
fastAvoid.requiresObstacles = true;
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
// Define the available pathfinding algorithms.
// Algorithms take up to 3 arguments: starting point, ending point, and an
// options object.
const algorithms = {
fastAvoid,
straight,
simpleConnect
};
return algorithms;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Gantt/ConnectorsDefaults.js', [], function () {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Øystein Moseng, Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Defaults
*
* */
/*
@todo:
- Document how to write your own algorithms
- Consider adding a Point.pathTo method that wraps creating a connection
and rendering it
*/
const connectorsDefaults = {
/**
* The Pathfinder module allows you to define connections between any two
* points, represented as lines - optionally with markers for the start
* and/or end points. Multiple algorithms are available for calculating how
* the connecting lines are drawn.
*
* Connector functionality requires Highcharts Gantt to be loaded. In Gantt
* charts, the connectors are used to draw dependencies between tasks.
*
* @see [dependency](series.gantt.data.dependency)
*
* @sample gantt/pathfinder/demo
* Pathfinder connections
*
* @declare Highcharts.ConnectorsOptions
* @product gantt
* @optionparent connectors
*/
connectors: {
/**
* Enable connectors for this chart. Requires Highcharts Gantt.
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default true
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.enabled
*/
/**
* Set the default dash style for this chart's connecting lines.
*
* @type {string}
* @default solid
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.dashStyle
*/
/**
* Set the default color for this chart's Pathfinder connecting lines.
* Defaults to the color of the point being connected.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString}
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.lineColor
*/
/**
* Set the default pathfinder margin to use, in pixels. Some Pathfinder
* algorithms attempt to avoid obstacles, such as other points in the
* chart. These algorithms use this margin to determine how close lines
* can be to an obstacle. The default is to compute this automatically
* from the size of the obstacles in the chart.
*
* To draw connecting lines close to existing points, set this to a low
* number. For more space around existing points, set this number
* higher.
*
* @sample gantt/pathfinder/algorithm-margin
* Small algorithmMargin
*
* @type {number}
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.algorithmMargin
*/
/**
* Set the default pathfinder algorithm to use for this chart. It is
* possible to define your own algorithms by adding them to the
* Highcharts.Pathfinder.prototype.algorithms object before the chart
* has been created.
*
* The default algorithms are as follows:
*
* `straight`: Draws a straight line between the connecting
* points. Does not avoid other points when drawing.
*
* `simpleConnect`: Finds a path between the points using right angles
* only. Takes only starting/ending points into
* account, and will not avoid other points.
*
* `fastAvoid`: Finds a path between the points using right angles
* only. Will attempt to avoid other points, but its
* focus is performance over accuracy. Works well with
* less dense datasets.
*
* Default value: `straight` is used as default for most series types,
* while `simpleConnect` is used as default for Gantt series, to show
* dependencies between points.
*
* @sample gantt/pathfinder/demo
* Different types used
*
* @type {Highcharts.PathfinderTypeValue}
* @default undefined
* @since 6.2.0
*/
type: 'straight',
/**
* The corner radius for the connector line.
*
* @since 11.2.0
*/
radius: 0,
/**
* Set the default pixel width for this chart's Pathfinder connecting
* lines.
*
* @since 6.2.0
*/
lineWidth: 1,
/**
* Marker options for this chart's Pathfinder connectors. Note that
* this option is overridden by the `startMarker` and `endMarker`
* options.
*
* @declare Highcharts.ConnectorsMarkerOptions
* @since 6.2.0
*/
marker: {
/**
* Set the radius of the connector markers. The default is
* automatically computed based on the algorithmMargin setting.
*
* Setting marker.width and marker.height will override this
* setting.
*
* @type {number}
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.marker.radius
*/
/**
* Set the width of the connector markers. If not supplied, this
* is inferred from the marker radius.
*
* @type {number}
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.marker.width
*/
/**
* Set the height of the connector markers. If not supplied, this
* is inferred from the marker radius.
*
* @type {number}
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.marker.height
*/
/**
* Set the color of the connector markers. By default this is the
* same as the connector color.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.marker.color
*/
/**
* Set the line/border color of the connector markers. By default
* this is the same as the marker color.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString}
* @since 6.2.0
* @apioption connectors.marker.lineColor
*/
/**
* Enable markers for the connectors.
*/
enabled: false,
/**
* Horizontal alignment of the markers relative to the points.
*
* @type {Highcharts.AlignValue}
*/
align: 'center',
/**
* Vertical alignment of the markers relative to the points.
*
* @type {Highcharts.VerticalAlignValue}
*/
verticalAlign: 'middle',
/**
* Whether or not to draw the markers inside the points.
*/
inside: false,
/**
* Set the line/border width of the pathfinder markers.
*/
lineWidth: 1
},
/**
* Marker options specific to the start markers for this chart's
* Pathfinder connectors. Overrides the generic marker options.
*
* @declare Highcharts.ConnectorsStartMarkerOptions
* @extends connectors.marker
* @since 6.2.0
*/
startMarker: {
/**
* Set the symbol of the connector start markers.
*/
symbol: 'diamond'
},
/**
* Marker options specific to the end markers for this chart's
* Pathfinder connectors. Overrides the generic marker options.
*
* @declare Highcharts.ConnectorsEndMarkerOptions
* @extends connectors.marker
* @since 6.2.0
*/
endMarker: {
/**
* Set the symbol of the connector end markers.
*/
symbol: 'arrow-filled'
}
}
};
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* Override Pathfinder connector options for a series. Requires Highcharts Gantt
* to be loaded.
*
* @declare Highcharts.SeriesConnectorsOptionsObject
* @extends connectors
* @since 6.2.0
* @excluding enabled, algorithmMargin
* @product gantt
* @apioption plotOptions.series.connectors
*/
/**
* Connect to a point. This option can be either a string, referring to the ID
* of another point, or an object, or an array of either. If the option is an
* array, each element defines a connection.
*
* @sample gantt/pathfinder/demo
* Different connection types
*
* @declare Highcharts.XrangePointConnectorsOptionsObject
* @type {string|Array<string|*>|*}
* @extends plotOptions.series.connectors
* @since 6.2.0
* @excluding enabled
* @product gantt
* @requires highcharts-gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.connect
*/
/**
* The ID of the point to connect to.
*
* @type {string}
* @since 6.2.0
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.connect.to
*/
''; // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return connectorsDefaults;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Gantt/PathfinderComposition.js', [_modules['Gantt/ConnectorsDefaults.js'], _modules['Core/Defaults.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (ConnectorsDefaults, D, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Øystein Moseng, Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { setOptions } = D;
const { defined, error, merge } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Get point bounding box using plotX/plotY and shapeArgs. If using
* graphic.getBBox() directly, the bbox will be affected by animation.
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} point
* The point to get BB of.
*
* @return {Highcharts.Dictionary<number>|null}
* Result xMax, xMin, yMax, yMin.
*/
function getPointBB(point) {
const shapeArgs = point.shapeArgs;
// Prefer using shapeArgs (columns)
if (shapeArgs) {
return {
xMin: shapeArgs.x || 0,
xMax: (shapeArgs.x || 0) + (shapeArgs.width || 0),
yMin: shapeArgs.y || 0,
yMax: (shapeArgs.y || 0) + (shapeArgs.height || 0)
};
}
// Otherwise use plotX/plotY and bb
const bb = point.graphic && point.graphic.getBBox();
return bb ? {
xMin: point.plotX - bb.width / 2,
xMax: point.plotX + bb.width / 2,
yMin: point.plotY - bb.height / 2,
yMax: point.plotY + bb.height / 2
} : null;
}
/**
* Warn if using legacy options. Copy the options over. Note that this will
* still break if using the legacy options in chart.update, addSeries etc.
* @private
*/
function warnLegacy(chart) {
if (chart.options.pathfinder ||
chart.series.reduce(function (acc, series) {
if (series.options) {
merge(true, (series.options.connectors = series.options.connectors ||
{}), series.options.pathfinder);
}
return acc || series.options && series.options.pathfinder;
}, false)) {
merge(true, (chart.options.connectors = chart.options.connectors || {}), chart.options.pathfinder);
error('WARNING: Pathfinder options have been renamed. ' +
'Use "chart.connectors" or "series.connectors" instead.');
}
}
/* *
*
* Composition
*
* */
var ConnectionComposition;
(function (ConnectionComposition) {
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/** @private */
function compose(ChartClass, PathfinderClass, PointClass) {
const pointProto = PointClass.prototype;
if (!pointProto.getPathfinderAnchorPoint) {
// Initialize Pathfinder for charts
ChartClass.prototype.callbacks.push(function (chart) {
const options = chart.options;
if (options.connectors.enabled !== false) {
warnLegacy(chart);
this.pathfinder = new PathfinderClass(this);
this.pathfinder.update(true); // First draw, defer render
}
});
pointProto.getMarkerVector = pointGetMarkerVector;
pointProto.getPathfinderAnchorPoint = pointGetPathfinderAnchorPoint;
pointProto.getRadiansToVector = pointGetRadiansToVector;
// Set default Pathfinder options
setOptions(ConnectorsDefaults);
}
}
ConnectionComposition.compose = compose;
/**
* Get coordinates of anchor point for pathfinder connection.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Point#getPathfinderAnchorPoint
*
* @param {Highcharts.ConnectorsMarkerOptions} markerOptions
* Connection options for position on point.
*
* @return {Highcharts.PositionObject}
* An object with x/y properties for the position. Coordinates are
* in plot values, not relative to point.
*/
function pointGetPathfinderAnchorPoint(markerOptions) {
const bb = getPointBB(this);
let x, y;
switch (markerOptions.align) { // eslint-disable-line default-case
case 'right':
x = 'xMax';
break;
case 'left':
x = 'xMin';
}
switch (markerOptions.verticalAlign) { // eslint-disable-line default-case
case 'top':
y = 'yMin';
break;
case 'bottom':
y = 'yMax';
}
return {
x: x ? bb[x] : (bb.xMin + bb.xMax) / 2,
y: y ? bb[y] : (bb.yMin + bb.yMax) / 2
};
}
/**
* Utility to get the angle from one point to another.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Point#getRadiansToVector
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} v1
* The first vector, as an object with x/y properties.
*
* @param {Highcharts.PositionObject} v2
* The second vector, as an object with x/y properties.
*
* @return {number}
* The angle in degrees
*/
function pointGetRadiansToVector(v1, v2) {
let box;
if (!defined(v2)) {
box = getPointBB(this);
if (box) {
v2 = {
x: (box.xMin + box.xMax) / 2,
y: (box.yMin + box.yMax) / 2
};
}
}
return Math.atan2(v2.y - v1.y, v1.x - v2.x);
}
/**
* Utility to get the position of the marker, based on the path angle and
* the marker's radius.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Point#getMarkerVector
*
* @param {number} radians
* The angle in radians from the point center to another vector.
*
* @param {number} markerRadius
* The radius of the marker, to calculate the additional distance to
* the center of the marker.
*
* @param {Object} anchor
* The anchor point of the path and marker as an object with x/y
* properties.
*
* @return {Object}
* The marker vector as an object with x/y properties.
*/
function pointGetMarkerVector(radians, markerRadius, anchor) {
const twoPI = Math.PI * 2.0, bb = getPointBB(this), rectWidth = bb.xMax - bb.xMin, rectHeight = bb.yMax - bb.yMin, rAtan = Math.atan2(rectHeight, rectWidth), rectHalfWidth = rectWidth / 2.0, rectHalfHeight = rectHeight / 2.0, rectHorizontalCenter = bb.xMin + rectHalfWidth, rectVerticalCenter = bb.yMin + rectHalfHeight, edgePoint = {
x: rectHorizontalCenter,
y: rectVerticalCenter
};
let theta = radians, tanTheta = 1, leftOrRightRegion = false, xFactor = 1, yFactor = 1;
while (theta < -Math.PI) {
theta += twoPI;
}
while (theta > Math.PI) {
theta -= twoPI;
}
tanTheta = Math.tan(theta);
if ((theta > -rAtan) && (theta <= rAtan)) {
// Right side
yFactor = -1;
leftOrRightRegion = true;
}
else if (theta > rAtan && theta <= (Math.PI - rAtan)) {
// Top side
yFactor = -1;
}
else if (theta > (Math.PI - rAtan) || theta <= -(Math.PI - rAtan)) {
// Left side
xFactor = -1;
leftOrRightRegion = true;
}
else {
// Bottom side
xFactor = -1;
}
// Correct the edgePoint according to the placement of the marker
if (leftOrRightRegion) {
edgePoint.x += xFactor * (rectHalfWidth);
edgePoint.y += yFactor * (rectHalfWidth) * tanTheta;
}
else {
edgePoint.x += xFactor * (rectHeight / (2.0 * tanTheta));
edgePoint.y += yFactor * (rectHalfHeight);
}
if (anchor.x !== rectHorizontalCenter) {
edgePoint.x = anchor.x;
}
if (anchor.y !== rectVerticalCenter) {
edgePoint.y = anchor.y;
}
return {
x: edgePoint.x + (markerRadius * Math.cos(theta)),
y: edgePoint.y - (markerRadius * Math.sin(theta))
};
}
})(ConnectionComposition || (ConnectionComposition = {}));
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return ConnectionComposition;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Gantt/Pathfinder.js', [_modules['Gantt/Connection.js'], _modules['Gantt/PathfinderAlgorithms.js'], _modules['Gantt/PathfinderComposition.js'], _modules['Core/Series/Point.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (Connection, PathfinderAlgorithms, PathfinderComposition, Point, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Øystein Moseng, Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { addEvent, defined, pick, splat } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
const max = Math.max, min = Math.min;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Get point bounding box using plotX/plotY and shapeArgs. If using
* graphic.getBBox() directly, the bbox will be affected by animation.
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} point
* The point to get BB of.
*
* @return {Highcharts.Dictionary<number>|null}
* Result xMax, xMin, yMax, yMin.
*/
function getPointBB(point) {
const shapeArgs = point.shapeArgs;
// Prefer using shapeArgs (columns)
if (shapeArgs) {
return {
xMin: shapeArgs.x || 0,
xMax: (shapeArgs.x || 0) + (shapeArgs.width || 0),
yMin: shapeArgs.y || 0,
yMax: (shapeArgs.y || 0) + (shapeArgs.height || 0)
};
}
// Otherwise use plotX/plotY and bb
const bb = point.graphic && point.graphic.getBBox();
return bb ? {
xMin: point.plotX - bb.width / 2,
xMax: point.plotX + bb.width / 2,
yMin: point.plotY - bb.height / 2,
yMax: point.plotY + bb.height / 2
} : null;
}
/**
* Compute smallest distance between two rectangles.
* @private
*/
function calculateObstacleDistance(a, b, bbMargin) {
// Count the distance even if we are slightly off
const margin = pick(bbMargin, 10), yOverlap = a.yMax + margin > b.yMin - margin &&
a.yMin - margin < b.yMax + margin, xOverlap = a.xMax + margin > b.xMin - margin &&
a.xMin - margin < b.xMax + margin, xDistance = yOverlap ? (a.xMin > b.xMax ? a.xMin - b.xMax : b.xMin - a.xMax) : Infinity, yDistance = xOverlap ? (a.yMin > b.yMax ? a.yMin - b.yMax : b.yMin - a.yMax) : Infinity;
// If the rectangles collide, try recomputing with smaller margin.
// If they collide anyway, discard the obstacle.
if (xOverlap && yOverlap) {
return (margin ?
calculateObstacleDistance(a, b, Math.floor(margin / 2)) :
Infinity);
}
return min(xDistance, yDistance);
}
/**
* Calculate margin to place around obstacles for the pathfinder in pixels.
* Returns a minimum of 1 pixel margin.
*
* @private
* @function
*
* @param {Array<object>} obstacles
* Obstacles to calculate margin from.
*
* @return {number}
* The calculated margin in pixels. At least 1.
*/
function calculateObstacleMargin(obstacles) {
const len = obstacles.length, distances = [];
let onstacleDistance;
// Go over all obstacles and compare them to the others.
for (let i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
// Compare to all obstacles ahead. We will already have compared this
// obstacle to the ones before.
for (let j = i + 1; j < len; ++j) {
onstacleDistance =
calculateObstacleDistance(obstacles[i], obstacles[j]);
// TODO: Magic number 80
if (onstacleDistance < 80) { // Ignore large distances
distances.push(onstacleDistance);
}
}
}
// Ensure we always have at least one value, even in very spacious charts
distances.push(80);
return max(Math.floor(distances.sort(function (a, b) {
return (a - b);
})[
// Discard first 10% of the relevant distances, and then grab
// the smallest one.
Math.floor(distances.length / 10)] / 2 - 1 // Divide the distance by 2 and subtract 1.
), 1 // 1 is the minimum margin
);
}
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* The Pathfinder class.
*
* @private
* @class
* @name Highcharts.Pathfinder
*
* @param {Highcharts.Chart} chart
* The chart to operate on.
*/
class Pathfinder {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
static compose(ChartClass, PointClass) {
PathfinderComposition.compose(ChartClass, Pathfinder, PointClass);
}
/* *
*
* Constructor
*
* */
constructor(chart) {
this.init(chart);
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Initialize the Pathfinder object.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder#init
*
* @param {Highcharts.Chart} chart
* The chart context.
*/
init(chart) {
// Initialize pathfinder with chart context
this.chart = chart;
// Init connection reference list
this.connections = [];
// Recalculate paths/obstacles on chart redraw
addEvent(chart, 'redraw', function () {
this.pathfinder.update();
});
}
/**
* Update Pathfinder connections from scratch.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder#update
*
* @param {boolean} [deferRender]
* Whether or not to defer rendering of connections until
* series.afterAnimate event has fired. Used on first render.
*/
update(deferRender) {
const chart = this.chart, pathfinder = this, oldConnections = pathfinder.connections;
// Rebuild pathfinder connections from options
pathfinder.connections = [];
chart.series.forEach(function (series) {
if (series.visible && !series.options.isInternal) {
series.points.forEach(function (point) {
const ganttPointOptions = point.options;
// For Gantt series the connect could be
// defined as a dependency
if (ganttPointOptions && ganttPointOptions.dependency) {
ganttPointOptions.connect = ganttPointOptions
.dependency;
}
const connects = (point.options?.connect &&
splat(point.options.connect));
let to;
if (point.visible && point.isInside !== false && connects) {
connects.forEach(function (connect) {
to = chart.get(typeof connect === 'string' ?
connect : connect.to);
if (to instanceof Point &&
to.series.visible &&
to.visible &&
to.isInside !== false) {
// Add new connection
pathfinder.connections.push(new Connection(point, // From
to, typeof connect === 'string' ?
{} :
connect));
}
});
}
});
}
});
// Clear connections that should not be updated, and move old info over
// to new connections.
for (let j = 0, k, found, lenOld = oldConnections.length, lenNew = pathfinder.connections.length; j < lenOld; ++j) {
found = false;
const oldCon = oldConnections[j];
for (k = 0; k < lenNew; ++k) {
const newCon = pathfinder.connections[k];
if ((oldCon.options && oldCon.options.type) ===
(newCon.options && newCon.options.type) &&
oldCon.fromPoint === newCon.fromPoint &&
oldCon.toPoint === newCon.toPoint) {
newCon.graphics = oldCon.graphics;
found = true;
break;
}
}
if (!found) {
oldCon.destroy();
}
}
// Clear obstacles to force recalculation. This must be done on every
// redraw in case positions have changed. Recalculation is handled in
// Connection.getPath on demand.
delete this.chartObstacles;
delete this.lineObstacles;
// Draw the pending connections
pathfinder.renderConnections(deferRender);
}
/**
* Draw the chart's connecting paths.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder#renderConnections
*
* @param {boolean} [deferRender]
* Whether or not to defer render until series animation is finished.
* Used on first render.
*/
renderConnections(deferRender) {
if (deferRender) {
// Render after series are done animating
this.chart.series.forEach(function (series) {
const render = function () {
// Find pathfinder connections belonging to this series
// that haven't rendered, and render them now.
const pathfinder = series.chart.pathfinder, conns = pathfinder && pathfinder.connections || [];
conns.forEach(function (connection) {
if (connection.fromPoint &&
connection.fromPoint.series === series) {
connection.render();
}
});
if (series.pathfinderRemoveRenderEvent) {
series.pathfinderRemoveRenderEvent();
delete series.pathfinderRemoveRenderEvent;
}
};
if (series.options.animation === false) {
render();
}
else {
series.pathfinderRemoveRenderEvent = addEvent(series, 'afterAnimate', render);
}
});
}
else {
// Go through connections and render them
this.connections.forEach(function (connection) {
connection.render();
});
}
}
/**
* Get obstacles for the points in the chart. Does not include connecting
* lines from Pathfinder. Applies algorithmMargin to the obstacles.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder#getChartObstacles
*
* @param {Object} options
* Options for the calculation. Currently only
* `options.algorithmMargin`.
*
* @param {number} options.algorithmMargin
* The algorithm margin to use for the obstacles.
* @return {Array<object>}
* An array of calculated obstacles. Each obstacle is defined as an
* object with xMin, xMax, yMin and yMax properties.
*/
getChartObstacles(options) {
const series = this.chart.series, margin = pick(options.algorithmMargin, 0);
let obstacles = [], calculatedMargin;
for (let i = 0, sLen = series.length; i < sLen; ++i) {
if (series[i].visible && !series[i].options.isInternal) {
for (let j = 0, pLen = series[i].points.length, bb, point; j < pLen; ++j) {
point = series[i].points[j];
if (point.visible) {
bb = getPointBB(point);
if (bb) {
obstacles.push({
xMin: bb.xMin - margin,
xMax: bb.xMax + margin,
yMin: bb.yMin - margin,
yMax: bb.yMax + margin
});
}
}
}
}
}
// Sort obstacles by xMin for optimization
obstacles = obstacles.sort(function (a, b) {
return a.xMin - b.xMin;
});
// Add auto-calculated margin if the option is not defined
if (!defined(options.algorithmMargin)) {
calculatedMargin =
options.algorithmMargin =
calculateObstacleMargin(obstacles);
obstacles.forEach(function (obstacle) {
obstacle.xMin -= calculatedMargin;
obstacle.xMax += calculatedMargin;
obstacle.yMin -= calculatedMargin;
obstacle.yMax += calculatedMargin;
});
}
return obstacles;
}
/**
* Utility function to get metrics for obstacles:
* - Widest obstacle width
* - Tallest obstacle height
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder#getObstacleMetrics
*
* @param {Array<object>} obstacles
* An array of obstacles to inspect.
*
* @return {Object}
* The calculated metrics, as an object with maxHeight and maxWidth
* properties.
*/
getObstacleMetrics(obstacles) {
let maxWidth = 0, maxHeight = 0, width, height, i = obstacles.length;
while (i--) {
width = obstacles[i].xMax - obstacles[i].xMin;
height = obstacles[i].yMax - obstacles[i].yMin;
if (maxWidth < width) {
maxWidth = width;
}
if (maxHeight < height) {
maxHeight = height;
}
}
return {
maxHeight: maxHeight,
maxWidth: maxWidth
};
}
/**
* Utility to get which direction to start the pathfinding algorithm
* (X vs Y), calculated from a set of marker options.
*
* @function Highcharts.Pathfinder#getAlgorithmStartDirection
*
* @param {Highcharts.ConnectorsMarkerOptions} markerOptions
* Marker options to calculate from.
*
* @return {boolean}
* Returns true for X, false for Y, and undefined for autocalculate.
*/
getAlgorithmStartDirection(markerOptions) {
const xCenter = markerOptions.align !== 'left' &&
markerOptions.align !== 'right', yCenter = markerOptions.verticalAlign !== 'top' &&
markerOptions.verticalAlign !== 'bottom';
return xCenter ?
(yCenter ? void 0 : false) : // When x is centered
(yCenter ? true : void 0); // When x is off-center
}
}
/**
* @name Highcharts.Pathfinder#algorithms
* @type {Highcharts.Dictionary<Function>}
*/
Pathfinder.prototype.algorithms = PathfinderAlgorithms;
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* The default pathfinder algorithm to use for a chart. It is possible to define
* your own algorithms by adding them to the
* `Highcharts.Pathfinder.prototype.algorithms`
* object before the chart has been created.
*
* The default algorithms are as follows:
*
* `straight`: Draws a straight line between the connecting
* points. Does not avoid other points when drawing.
*
* `simpleConnect`: Finds a path between the points using right angles
* only. Takes only starting/ending points into
* account, and will not avoid other points.
*
* `fastAvoid`: Finds a path between the points using right angles
* only. Will attempt to avoid other points, but its
* focus is performance over accuracy. Works well with
* less dense datasets.
*
* @typedef {"fastAvoid"|"simpleConnect"|"straight"|string} Highcharts.PathfinderTypeValue
*/
''; // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return Pathfinder;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'masters/modules/pathfinder.src.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Gantt/Pathfinder.js'], _modules['Extensions/ArrowSymbols.js']], function (Highcharts, Pathfinder, ArrowSymbols) {
const G = Highcharts;
G.Pathfinder = G.Pathfinder || Pathfinder;
ArrowSymbols.compose(G.SVGRenderer);
G.Pathfinder.compose(G.Chart, G.Point);
return Highcharts;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Extensions/StaticScale.js', [_modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Torstein Honsi, Lars Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { addEvent, defined, isNumber, pick } = U;
/* *
*
* Composition
*
* */
/** @private */
function compose(AxisClass, ChartClass) {
const chartProto = ChartClass.prototype;
if (!chartProto.adjustHeight) {
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetOptions', onAxisAfterSetOptions);
chartProto.adjustHeight = chartAdjustHeight;
addEvent(ChartClass, 'render', chartProto.adjustHeight);
}
}
/** @private */
function onAxisAfterSetOptions() {
const chartOptions = this.chart.options.chart;
if (!this.horiz &&
isNumber(this.options.staticScale) &&
(!chartOptions.height ||
(chartOptions.scrollablePlotArea &&
chartOptions.scrollablePlotArea.minHeight))) {
this.staticScale = this.options.staticScale;
}
}
/** @private */
function chartAdjustHeight() {
const chart = this;
if (chart.redrawTrigger !== 'adjustHeight') {
for (const axis of (chart.axes || [])) {
const chart = axis.chart, animate = !!chart.initiatedScale &&
chart.options.animation, staticScale = axis.options.staticScale;
if (axis.staticScale && defined(axis.min)) {
let height = pick(axis.brokenAxis && axis.brokenAxis.unitLength, axis.max + axis.tickInterval - axis.min) * staticScale;
// Minimum height is 1 x staticScale.
height = Math.max(height, staticScale);
const diff = height - chart.plotHeight;
if (!chart.scrollablePixelsY && Math.abs(diff) >= 1) {
chart.plotHeight = height;
chart.redrawTrigger = 'adjustHeight';
chart.setSize(void 0, chart.chartHeight + diff, animate);
}
// Make sure clip rects have the right height before initial
// animation.
axis.series.forEach(function (series) {
const clipRect = series.sharedClipKey &&
chart.sharedClips[series.sharedClipKey];
if (clipRect) {
clipRect.attr(chart.inverted ? {
width: chart.plotHeight
} : {
height: chart.plotHeight
});
}
});
}
}
this.initiatedScale = true;
}
this.redrawTrigger = null;
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const StaticScale = {
compose
};
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* For vertical axes only. Setting the static scale ensures that each tick unit
* is translated into a fixed pixel height. For example, setting the static
* scale to 24 results in each Y axis category taking up 24 pixels, and the
* height of the chart adjusts. Adding or removing items will make the chart
* resize.
*
* @sample gantt/xrange-series/demo/
* X-range series with static scale
*
* @type {number}
* @default 50
* @since 6.2.0
* @product gantt
* @apioption yAxis.staticScale
*/
''; // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return StaticScale;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'masters/modules/static-scale.src.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Extensions/StaticScale.js']], function (Highcharts, StaticScale) {
const G = Highcharts;
StaticScale.compose(G.Axis, G.Chart);
return Highcharts;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/XRange/XRangeSeriesDefaults.js', [_modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (U) {
/* *
*
* X-range series module
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi, Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { correctFloat, isNumber, isObject } = U;
/* *
*
* Constants
*
* */
/**
* The X-range series displays ranges on the X axis, typically time
* intervals with a start and end date.
*
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/demo/x-range/
* X-range
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/css/x-range/
* Styled mode X-range
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/chart/inverted-xrange/
* Inverted X-range
*
* @extends plotOptions.column
* @since 6.0.0
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @excluding boostThreshold, crisp, cropThreshold, depth, edgeColor,
* edgeWidth, findNearestPointBy, getExtremesFromAll,
* negativeColor, pointInterval, pointIntervalUnit,
* pointPlacement, pointRange, pointStart, softThreshold,
* stacking, threshold, data, dataSorting, boostBlending
* @requires modules/xrange
* @optionparent plotOptions.xrange
*/
const XRangeSeriesDefaults = {
/**
* A partial fill for each point, typically used to visualize how much
* of a task is performed. The partial fill object can be set either on
* series or point level.
*
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/demo/x-range
* X-range with partial fill
*
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption plotOptions.xrange.partialFill
*/
/**
* The fill color to be used for partial fills. Defaults to a darker
* shade of the point color.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption plotOptions.xrange.partialFill.fill
*/
/**
* A partial fill for each point, typically used to visualize how much
* of a task is performed. See [completed](series.gantt.data.completed).
*
* @sample gantt/demo/progress-indicator
* Gantt with progress indicator
*
* @product gantt
* @apioption plotOptions.gantt.partialFill
*/
/**
* In an X-range series, this option makes all points of the same Y-axis
* category the same color.
*/
colorByPoint: true,
dataLabels: {
formatter: function () {
let amount = this.point.partialFill;
if (isObject(amount)) {
amount = amount.amount;
}
if (isNumber(amount) && amount > 0) {
return correctFloat(amount * 100) + '%';
}
},
inside: true,
verticalAlign: 'middle',
style: {
whiteSpace: 'nowrap'
}
},
tooltip: {
headerFormat: '<span style="font-size: 0.8em">{point.x} - {point.x2}</span><br/>',
pointFormat: '<span style="color:{point.color}">\u25CF</span> {series.name}: <b>{point.yCategory}</b><br/>'
},
borderRadius: 3,
pointRange: 0
};
/* *
*
* Export Default
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* An `xrange` series. If the [type](#series.xrange.type) option is not
* specified, it is inherited from [chart.type](#chart.type).
*
* @extends series,plotOptions.xrange
* @excluding boostThreshold, crisp, cropThreshold, depth, edgeColor, edgeWidth,
* findNearestPointBy, getExtremesFromAll, negativeColor,
* pointInterval, pointIntervalUnit, pointPlacement, pointRange,
* pointStart, softThreshold, stacking, threshold, dataSorting,
* boostBlending
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @requires modules/xrange
* @apioption series.xrange
*/
/**
* An array of data points for the series. For the `xrange` series type,
* points can be given in the following ways:
*
* 1. An array of objects with named values. The objects are point configuration
* objects as seen below.
* ```js
* data: [{
* x: Date.UTC(2017, 0, 1),
* x2: Date.UTC(2017, 0, 3),
* name: "Test",
* y: 0,
* color: "#00FF00"
* }, {
* x: Date.UTC(2017, 0, 4),
* x2: Date.UTC(2017, 0, 5),
* name: "Deploy",
* y: 1,
* color: "#FF0000"
* }]
* ```
*
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/series/data-array-of-objects/
* Config objects
*
* @declare Highcharts.XrangePointOptionsObject
* @type {Array<*>}
* @extends series.line.data
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data
*/
/**
* The starting X value of the range point.
*
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/demo/x-range
* X-range
*
* @type {number}
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.x
*/
/**
* The ending X value of the range point.
*
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/demo/x-range
* X-range
*
* @type {number}
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.x2
*/
/**
* The Y value of the range point.
*
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/demo/x-range
* X-range
*
* @type {number}
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.y
*/
/**
* A partial fill for each point, typically used to visualize how much of
* a task is performed. The partial fill object can be set either on series
* or point level.
*
* @sample {highcharts} highcharts/demo/x-range
* X-range with partial fill
*
* @declare Highcharts.XrangePointPartialFillOptionsObject
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.partialFill
*/
/**
* The amount of the X-range point to be filled. Values can be 0-1 and are
* converted to percentages in the default data label formatter.
*
* @type {number}
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.partialFill.amount
*/
/**
* The fill color to be used for partial fills. Defaults to a darker shade
* of the point color.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
* @product highcharts highstock gantt
* @apioption series.xrange.data.partialFill.fill
*/
(''); // Adds doclets above to transpiled file
return XRangeSeriesDefaults;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/XRange/XRangePoint.js', [_modules['Core/Series/SeriesRegistry.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (SeriesRegistry, U) {
/* *
*
* X-range series module
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi, Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { column: { prototype: { pointClass: ColumnPoint } } } = SeriesRegistry.seriesTypes;
const { extend } = U;
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
class XRangePoint extends ColumnPoint {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
/**
* Return color of a point based on its category.
*
* @private
* @function getColorByCategory
*
* @param {object} series
* The series which the point belongs to.
*
* @param {object} point
* The point to calculate its color for.
*
* @return {object}
* Returns an object containing the properties color and colorIndex.
*/
static getColorByCategory(series, point) {
const colors = series.options.colors || series.chart.options.colors, colorCount = colors ?
colors.length :
series.chart.options.chart.colorCount, colorIndex = point.y % colorCount, color = colors && colors[colorIndex];
return {
colorIndex: colorIndex,
color: color
};
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
resolveColor() {
const series = this.series;
if (series.options.colorByPoint && !this.options.color) {
const colorByPoint = XRangePoint.getColorByCategory(series, this);
if (!series.chart.styledMode) {
this.color = colorByPoint.color;
}
if (!this.options.colorIndex) {
this.colorIndex = colorByPoint.colorIndex;
}
}
else {
this.color = this.options.color || series.color;
}
}
/**
* Extend init to have y default to 0.
*
* @private
*/
constructor(series, options) {
super(series, options);
if (!this.y) {
this.y = 0;
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
setState() {
super.setState.apply(this, arguments);
this.series.drawPoint(this, this.series.getAnimationVerb());
}
/**
* Add x2 and yCategory to the available properties for tooltip formats.
*
* @private
*/
getLabelConfig() {
const cfg = super.getLabelConfig.call(this), yCats = this.series.yAxis.categories;
cfg.x2 = this.x2;
cfg.yCategory = this.yCategory = yCats && yCats[this.y];
// Use 'category' as 'key' to ensure tooltip datetime formatting.
// Use 'name' only when 'category' is undefined.
cfg.key = this.category || this.name;
return cfg;
}
/**
* @private
*/
isValid() {
return typeof this.x === 'number' &&
typeof this.x2 === 'number';
}
}
extend(XRangePoint.prototype, {
ttBelow: false,
tooltipDateKeys: ['x', 'x2']
});
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
/* *
*
* API Declarations
*
* */
/**
* The ending X value of the range point.
* @name Highcharts.Point#x2
* @type {number|undefined}
* @requires modules/xrange
*/
/**
* Extend applyOptions so that `colorByPoint` for x-range means that one
* color is applied per Y axis category.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Point#applyOptions
*
* @return {Highcharts.Series}
*/
/**
* @interface Highcharts.PointOptionsObject in parts/Point.ts
*/ /**
* The ending X value of the range point.
* @name Highcharts.PointOptionsObject#x2
* @type {number|undefined}
* @requires modules/xrange
*/
(''); // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return XRangePoint;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/XRange/XRangeSeries.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Color/Color.js'], _modules['Core/Series/SeriesRegistry.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js'], _modules['Series/XRange/XRangeSeriesDefaults.js'], _modules['Series/XRange/XRangePoint.js']], function (H, Color, SeriesRegistry, U, XRangeSeriesDefaults, XRangePoint) {
/* *
*
* X-range series module
*
* (c) 2010-2024 Torstein Honsi, Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { composed, noop } = H;
const { parse: color } = Color;
const { column: ColumnSeries } = SeriesRegistry.seriesTypes;
const { addEvent, clamp, defined, extend, find, isNumber, isObject, merge, pick, pushUnique, relativeLength } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Max x2 should be considered in xAxis extremes
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterGetSeriesExtremes() {
let dataMax, modMax;
if (this.isXAxis) {
dataMax = pick(this.dataMax, -Number.MAX_VALUE);
for (const series of this.series) {
if (series.x2Data) {
for (const val of series.x2Data) {
if (val && val > dataMax) {
dataMax = val;
modMax = true;
}
}
}
}
if (modMax) {
this.dataMax = dataMax;
}
}
}
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* @private
* @class
* @name Highcharts.seriesTypes.xrange
*
* @augments Highcharts.Series
*/
class XRangeSeries extends ColumnSeries {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
static compose(AxisClass) {
if (pushUnique(composed, 'Series.XRange')) {
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterGetSeriesExtremes', onAxisAfterGetSeriesExtremes);
}
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
init() {
super.init.apply(this, arguments);
this.options.stacking = void 0; // #13161
}
/**
* Borrow the column series metrics, but with swapped axes. This gives
* free access to features like groupPadding, grouping, pointWidth etc.
* @private
*/
getColumnMetrics() {
const swapAxes = () => {
for (const series of this.chart.series) {
const xAxis = series.xAxis;
series.xAxis = series.yAxis;
series.yAxis = xAxis;
}
};
swapAxes();
const metrics = super.getColumnMetrics();
swapAxes();
return metrics;
}
/**
* Override cropData to show a point where x or x2 is outside visible range,
* but one of them is inside.
* @private
*/
cropData(xData, yData, min, max) {
// Replace xData with x2Data to find the appropriate cropStart
const crop = super.cropData(this.x2Data, yData, min, max);
// Re-insert the cropped xData
crop.xData = xData.slice(crop.start, crop.end);
return crop;
}
/**
* Finds the index of an existing point that matches the given point
* options.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.XRangePointOptions} options
* The options of the point.
*
* @return {number|undefined}
* Returns index of a matching point, or undefined if no match is
* found.
*/
findPointIndex(options) {
const { cropStart, points } = this;
const { id } = options;
let pointIndex;
if (id) {
const point = find(points, (point) => point.id === id);
pointIndex = point ? point.index : void 0;
}
if (typeof pointIndex === 'undefined') {
const point = find(points, (point) => (point.x === options.x &&
point.x2 === options.x2 &&
!point.touched));
pointIndex = point ? point.index : void 0;
}
// Reduce pointIndex if data is cropped
if (this.cropped &&
isNumber(pointIndex) &&
isNumber(cropStart) &&
pointIndex >= cropStart) {
pointIndex -= cropStart;
}
return pointIndex;
}
alignDataLabel(point) {
const oldPlotX = point.plotX;
point.plotX = pick(point.dlBox && point.dlBox.centerX, point.plotX);
if (point.dataLabel && point.shapeArgs?.width) {
point.dataLabel.css({
width: `${point.shapeArgs.width}px`
});
}
super.alignDataLabel.apply(this, arguments);
point.plotX = oldPlotX;
}
/**
* @private
*/
translatePoint(point) {
const xAxis = this.xAxis, yAxis = this.yAxis, metrics = this.columnMetrics, options = this.options, minPointLength = options.minPointLength || 0, oldColWidth = (point.shapeArgs && point.shapeArgs.width || 0) / 2, seriesXOffset = this.pointXOffset = metrics.offset, posX = pick(point.x2, point.x + (point.len || 0)), borderRadius = options.borderRadius, plotTop = this.chart.plotTop, plotLeft = this.chart.plotLeft;
let plotX = point.plotX, plotX2 = xAxis.translate(posX, 0, 0, 0, 1);
const length = Math.abs(plotX2 - plotX), inverted = this.chart.inverted, borderWidth = pick(options.borderWidth, 1), crisper = borderWidth % 2 / 2;
let widthDifference, partialFill, yOffset = metrics.offset, pointHeight = Math.round(metrics.width), dlLeft, dlRight, dlWidth, clipRectWidth;
if (minPointLength) {
widthDifference = minPointLength - length;
if (widthDifference < 0) {
widthDifference = 0;
}
plotX -= widthDifference / 2;
plotX2 += widthDifference / 2;
}
plotX = Math.max(plotX, -10);
plotX2 = clamp(plotX2, -10, xAxis.len + 10);
// Handle individual pointWidth
if (defined(point.options.pointWidth)) {
yOffset -= ((Math.ceil(point.options.pointWidth) - pointHeight) / 2);
pointHeight = Math.ceil(point.options.pointWidth);
}
// Apply pointPlacement to the Y axis
if (options.pointPlacement &&
isNumber(point.plotY) &&
yAxis.categories) {
point.plotY = yAxis.translate(point.y, 0, 1, 0, 1, options.pointPlacement);
}
const x = Math.floor(Math.min(plotX, plotX2)) + crisper, x2 = Math.floor(Math.max(plotX, plotX2)) + crisper, width = x2 - x;
const r = Math.min(relativeLength((typeof borderRadius === 'object' ?
borderRadius.radius :
borderRadius || 0), pointHeight), Math.min(width, pointHeight) / 2);
const shapeArgs = {
x,
y: Math.floor(point.plotY + yOffset) + crisper,
width,
height: pointHeight,
r
};
point.shapeArgs = shapeArgs;
// Move tooltip to default position
if (!inverted) {
point.tooltipPos[0] -= oldColWidth +
seriesXOffset -
shapeArgs.width / 2;
}
else {
point.tooltipPos[1] += seriesXOffset +
oldColWidth;
}
// Align data labels inside the shape and inside the plot area
dlLeft = shapeArgs.x;
dlRight = dlLeft + shapeArgs.width;
if (dlLeft < 0 || dlRight > xAxis.len) {
dlLeft = clamp(dlLeft, 0, xAxis.len);
dlRight = clamp(dlRight, 0, xAxis.len);
dlWidth = dlRight - dlLeft;
point.dlBox = merge(shapeArgs, {
x: dlLeft,
width: dlRight - dlLeft,
centerX: dlWidth ? dlWidth / 2 : null
});
}
else {
point.dlBox = null;
}
// Tooltip position
const tooltipPos = point.tooltipPos;
const xIndex = !inverted ? 0 : 1;
const yIndex = !inverted ? 1 : 0;
const tooltipYOffset = (this.columnMetrics ?
this.columnMetrics.offset :
-metrics.width / 2);
// Centering tooltip position (#14147)
if (inverted) {
tooltipPos[xIndex] += shapeArgs.width / 2;
}
else {
tooltipPos[xIndex] = clamp(tooltipPos[xIndex] +
(xAxis.reversed ? -1 : 0) * shapeArgs.width, xAxis.left - plotLeft, xAxis.left + xAxis.len - plotLeft - 1);
}
tooltipPos[yIndex] = clamp(tooltipPos[yIndex] + ((inverted ? -1 : 1) * tooltipYOffset), yAxis.top - plotTop, yAxis.top + yAxis.len - plotTop - 1);
// Add a partShapeArgs to the point, based on the shapeArgs property
partialFill = point.partialFill;
if (partialFill) {
// Get the partial fill amount
if (isObject(partialFill)) {
partialFill = partialFill.amount;
}
// If it was not a number, assume 0
if (!isNumber(partialFill)) {
partialFill = 0;
}
point.partShapeArgs = merge(shapeArgs);
clipRectWidth = Math.max(Math.round(length * partialFill + point.plotX -
plotX), 0);
point.clipRectArgs = {
x: xAxis.reversed ? // #10717
shapeArgs.x + length - clipRectWidth :
shapeArgs.x,
y: shapeArgs.y,
width: clipRectWidth,
height: shapeArgs.height
};
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
translate() {
super.translate.apply(this, arguments);
for (const point of this.points) {
this.translatePoint(point);
}
}
/**
* Draws a single point in the series. Needed for partial fill.
*
* This override turns point.graphic into a group containing the
* original graphic and an overlay displaying the partial fill.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} point
* An instance of Point in the series.
*
* @param {"animate"|"attr"} verb
* 'animate' (animates changes) or 'attr' (sets options)
*/
drawPoint(point, verb) {
const seriesOpts = this.options, renderer = this.chart.renderer, type = point.shapeType, shapeArgs = point.shapeArgs, partShapeArgs = point.partShapeArgs, clipRectArgs = point.clipRectArgs, pointState = point.state, stateOpts = (seriesOpts.states[pointState || 'normal'] ||
{}), pointStateVerb = typeof pointState === 'undefined' ?
'attr' : verb, pointAttr = this.pointAttribs(point, pointState), animation = pick(this.chart.options.chart.animation, stateOpts.animation);
let graphic = point.graphic, pfOptions = point.partialFill;
if (!point.isNull && point.visible !== false) {
// Original graphic
if (graphic) { // Update
graphic.rect[verb](shapeArgs);
}
else {
point.graphic = graphic = renderer.g('point')
.addClass(point.getClassName())
.add(point.group || this.group);
graphic.rect = renderer[type](merge(shapeArgs))
.addClass(point.getClassName())
.addClass('highcharts-partfill-original')
.add(graphic);
}
// Partial fill graphic
if (partShapeArgs) {
if (graphic.partRect) {
graphic.partRect[verb](merge(partShapeArgs));
graphic.partialClipRect[verb](merge(clipRectArgs));
}
else {
graphic.partialClipRect = renderer.clipRect(clipRectArgs.x, clipRectArgs.y, clipRectArgs.width, clipRectArgs.height);
graphic.partRect =
renderer[type](partShapeArgs)
.addClass('highcharts-partfill-overlay')
.add(graphic)
.clip(graphic.partialClipRect);
}
}
// Presentational
if (!this.chart.styledMode) {
graphic
.rect[verb](pointAttr, animation)
.shadow(seriesOpts.shadow);
if (partShapeArgs) {
// Ensure pfOptions is an object
if (!isObject(pfOptions)) {
pfOptions = {};
}
if (isObject(seriesOpts.partialFill)) {
pfOptions = merge(seriesOpts.partialFill, pfOptions);
}
const fill = (pfOptions.fill ||
color(pointAttr.fill).brighten(-0.3).get() ||
color(point.color || this.color)
.brighten(-0.3).get());
pointAttr.fill = fill;
graphic
.partRect[pointStateVerb](pointAttr, animation)
.shadow(seriesOpts.shadow);
}
}
}
else if (graphic) {
point.graphic = graphic.destroy(); // #1269
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
drawPoints() {
const verb = this.getAnimationVerb();
// Draw the columns
for (const point of this.points) {
this.drawPoint(point, verb);
}
}
/**
* Returns "animate", or "attr" if the number of points is above the
* animation limit.
*
* @private
*/
getAnimationVerb() {
return (this.chart.pointCount < (this.options.animationLimit || 250) ?
'animate' :
'attr');
}
/**
* @private
*/
isPointInside(point) {
const shapeArgs = point.shapeArgs, plotX = point.plotX, plotY = point.plotY;
if (!shapeArgs) {
return super.isPointInside.apply(this, arguments);
}
const isInside = typeof plotX !== 'undefined' &&
typeof plotY !== 'undefined' &&
plotY >= 0 &&
plotY <= this.yAxis.len &&
(shapeArgs.x || 0) + (shapeArgs.width || 0) >= 0 &&
plotX <= this.xAxis.len;
return isInside;
}
}
/* *
*
* Static Properties
*
* */
XRangeSeries.defaultOptions = merge(ColumnSeries.defaultOptions, XRangeSeriesDefaults);
extend(XRangeSeries.prototype, {
pointClass: XRangePoint,
pointArrayMap: ['x2', 'y'],
getExtremesFromAll: true,
parallelArrays: ['x', 'x2', 'y'],
requireSorting: false,
type: 'xrange',
animate: SeriesRegistry.series.prototype.animate,
autoIncrement: noop,
buildKDTree: noop
});
SeriesRegistry.registerSeriesType('xrange', XRangeSeries);
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return XRangeSeries;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'masters/modules/xrange.src.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Series/XRange/XRangeSeries.js']], function (Highcharts, XRangeSeries) {
const G = Highcharts;
XRangeSeries.compose(G.Axis);
return Highcharts;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/Gantt/GanttPoint.js', [_modules['Core/Series/SeriesRegistry.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (SeriesRegistry, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Highsoft AS
*
* Author: Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { xrange: { prototype: { pointClass: XRangePoint } } } = SeriesRegistry.seriesTypes;
const { pick } = U;
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
class GanttPoint extends XRangePoint {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
static setGanttPointAliases(options) {
/**
* Add a value to options if the value exists.
* @private
*/
function addIfExists(prop, val) {
if (typeof val !== 'undefined') {
options[prop] = val;
}
}
addIfExists('x', pick(options.start, options.x));
addIfExists('x2', pick(options.end, options.x2));
addIfExists('partialFill', pick(options.completed, options.partialFill));
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Applies the options containing the x and y data and possible some
* extra properties. This is called on point init or from point.update.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Point#applyOptions
*
* @param {Object} options
* The point options
*
* @param {number} x
* The x value
*
* @return {Highcharts.Point}
* The Point instance
*/
applyOptions(options, x) {
const ganttPoint = super.applyOptions(options, x);
GanttPoint.setGanttPointAliases(ganttPoint);
return ganttPoint;
}
isValid() {
return ((typeof this.start === 'number' ||
typeof this.x === 'number') &&
(typeof this.end === 'number' ||
typeof this.x2 === 'number' ||
this.milestone));
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return GanttPoint;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/Gantt/GanttSeriesDefaults.js', [_modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Highsoft AS
*
* Author: Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { isNumber } = U;
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* A `gantt` series. If the [type](#series.gantt.type) option is not specified,
* it is inherited from [chart.type](#chart.type).
*
* @extends plotOptions.xrange
* @product gantt
* @requires highcharts-gantt
* @optionparent plotOptions.gantt
*/
const GanttSeriesDefaults = {
// Options - default options merged with parent
grouping: false,
dataLabels: {
enabled: true
},
tooltip: {
headerFormat: '<span style="font-size: 0.8em">{series.name}</span><br/>',
pointFormat: null,
pointFormatter: function () {
const point = this, series = point.series, xAxis = series.xAxis, formats = series.tooltipOptions.dateTimeLabelFormats, startOfWeek = xAxis.options.startOfWeek, ttOptions = series.tooltipOptions, milestone = point.options.milestone;
let format = ttOptions.xDateFormat, retVal = '<b>' + (point.name || point.yCategory) + '</b>';
if (ttOptions.pointFormat) {
return point.tooltipFormatter(ttOptions.pointFormat);
}
if (!format && isNumber(point.start)) {
format = series.chart.time.getDateFormat(xAxis.closestPointRange, point.start, startOfWeek, formats || {});
}
const start = series.chart.time.dateFormat(format, point.start), end = series.chart.time.dateFormat(format, point.end);
retVal += '<br/>';
if (!milestone) {
retVal += 'Start: ' + start + '<br/>';
retVal += 'End: ' + end + '<br/>';
}
else {
retVal += start + '<br/>';
}
return retVal;
}
},
connectors: {
type: 'simpleConnect',
/**
* @declare Highcharts.ConnectorsAnimationOptionsObject
*/
animation: {
reversed: true // Dependencies go from child to parent
},
radius: 0,
startMarker: {
enabled: true,
symbol: 'arrow-filled',
radius: 4,
fill: '#fa0',
align: 'left'
},
endMarker: {
enabled: false,
align: 'right'
}
}
};
/**
* A `gantt` series.
*
* @extends series,plotOptions.gantt
* @excluding boostThreshold, dashStyle, findNearestPointBy,
* getExtremesFromAll, marker, negativeColor, pointInterval,
* pointIntervalUnit, pointPlacement, pointStart
* @product gantt
* @requires highcharts-gantt
* @apioption series.gantt
*/
/**
* Data for a Gantt series.
*
* @declare Highcharts.GanttPointOptionsObject
* @type {Array<*>}
* @extends series.xrange.data
* @excluding className, connect, dataLabels, events,
* partialFill, selected, x, x2
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data
*/
/**
* Whether the grid node belonging to this point should start as collapsed. Used
* in axes of type treegrid.
*
* @sample {gantt} gantt/treegrid-axis/collapsed/
* Start as collapsed
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default false
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.collapsed
*/
/**
* The start time of a task.
*
* @type {number}
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.start
*/
/**
* The end time of a task.
*
* @type {number}
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.end
*/
/**
* The Y value of a task.
*
* @type {number}
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.y
*/
/**
* The name of a task. If a `treegrid` y-axis is used (default in Gantt charts),
* this will be picked up automatically, and used to calculate the y-value.
*
* @type {string}
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.name
*/
/**
* Progress indicator, how much of the task completed. If it is a number, the
* `fill` will be applied automatically.
*
* @sample {gantt} gantt/demo/progress-indicator
* Progress indicator
*
* @type {number|*}
* @extends series.xrange.data.partialFill
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.completed
*/
/**
* The amount of the progress indicator, ranging from 0 (not started) to 1
* (finished).
*
* @type {number}
* @default 0
* @apioption series.gantt.data.completed.amount
*/
/**
* The fill of the progress indicator. Defaults to a darkened variety of the
* main color.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString|Highcharts.GradientColorObject|Highcharts.PatternObject}
* @apioption series.gantt.data.completed.fill
*/
/**
* The ID of the point (task) that this point depends on in Gantt charts.
* Aliases [connect](series.xrange.data.connect). Can also be an object,
* specifying further connecting [options](series.gantt.connectors) between the
* points. Multiple connections can be specified by providing an array.
*
* @sample gantt/demo/project-management
* Dependencies
* @sample gantt/pathfinder/demo
* Different connection types
*
* @type {string|Array<string|*>|*}
* @extends series.xrange.data.connect
* @since 6.2.0
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.dependency
*/
/**
* Whether this point is a milestone. If so, only the `start` option is handled,
* while `end` is ignored.
*
* @sample gantt/gantt/milestones
* Milestones
*
* @type {boolean}
* @since 6.2.0
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.milestone
*/
/**
* The ID of the parent point (task) of this point in Gantt charts.
*
* @sample gantt/demo/subtasks
* Gantt chart with subtasks
*
* @type {string}
* @since 6.2.0
* @product gantt
* @apioption series.gantt.data.parent
*/
/**
* @excluding afterAnimate
* @apioption series.gantt.events
*/
''; // Detachs doclets above
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return GanttSeriesDefaults;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Core/Axis/BrokenAxis.js', [_modules['Core/Axis/Stacking/StackItem.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (StackItem, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2009-2024 Torstein Honsi
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { addEvent, find, fireEvent, isArray, isNumber, pick } = U;
/* *
*
* Composition
*
* */
/**
* Axis with support of broken data rows.
* @private
*/
var BrokenAxis;
(function (BrokenAxis) {
/* *
*
* Declarations
*
* */
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Adds support for broken axes.
* @private
*/
function compose(AxisClass, SeriesClass) {
if (!AxisClass.keepProps.includes('brokenAxis')) {
AxisClass.keepProps.push('brokenAxis');
addEvent(AxisClass, 'init', onAxisInit);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterInit', onAxisAfterInit);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetTickPositions', onAxisAfterSetTickPositions);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetOptions', onAxisAfterSetOptions);
const seriesProto = SeriesClass.prototype;
seriesProto.drawBreaks = seriesDrawBreaks;
seriesProto.gappedPath = seriesGappedPath;
addEvent(SeriesClass, 'afterGeneratePoints', onSeriesAfterGeneratePoints);
addEvent(SeriesClass, 'afterRender', onSeriesAfterRender);
}
return AxisClass;
}
BrokenAxis.compose = compose;
/**
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterInit() {
if (typeof this.brokenAxis !== 'undefined') {
this.brokenAxis.setBreaks(this.options.breaks, false);
}
}
/**
* Force Axis to be not-ordinal when breaks are defined.
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterSetOptions() {
const axis = this;
if (axis.brokenAxis?.hasBreaks) {
axis.options.ordinal = false;
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onAxisAfterSetTickPositions() {
const axis = this, brokenAxis = axis.brokenAxis;
if (brokenAxis?.hasBreaks) {
const tickPositions = axis.tickPositions, info = axis.tickPositions.info, newPositions = [];
for (let i = 0; i < tickPositions.length; i++) {
if (!brokenAxis.isInAnyBreak(tickPositions[i])) {
newPositions.push(tickPositions[i]);
}
}
axis.tickPositions = newPositions;
axis.tickPositions.info = info;
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onAxisInit() {
const axis = this;
if (!axis.brokenAxis) {
axis.brokenAxis = new Additions(axis);
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onSeriesAfterGeneratePoints() {
const { isDirty, options: { connectNulls }, points, xAxis, yAxis } = this;
// Set, or reset visibility of the points. Axis.setBreaks marks
// the series as isDirty
if (isDirty) {
let i = points.length;
while (i--) {
const point = points[i];
// Respect nulls inside the break (#4275)
const nullGap = point.y === null && connectNulls === false;
const isPointInBreak = (!nullGap && (xAxis?.brokenAxis?.isInAnyBreak(point.x, true) ||
yAxis?.brokenAxis?.isInAnyBreak(point.y, true)));
// Set point.visible if in any break.
// If not in break, reset visible to original value.
point.visible = isPointInBreak ?
false :
point.options.visible !== false;
}
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onSeriesAfterRender() {
this.drawBreaks(this.xAxis, ['x']);
this.drawBreaks(this.yAxis, pick(this.pointArrayMap, ['y']));
}
/**
* @private
*/
function seriesDrawBreaks(axis, keys) {
const series = this, points = series.points;
let breaks, threshold, y;
if (axis?.brokenAxis?.hasBreaks) {
const brokenAxis = axis.brokenAxis;
keys.forEach(function (key) {
breaks = brokenAxis?.breakArray || [];
threshold = axis.isXAxis ?
axis.min :
pick(series.options.threshold, axis.min);
// Array of breaks that have been "zoomed-out" which means that
// they were shown previously, but now after zoom, they are not
// (#19885).
const breaksOutOfRange = axis?.options?.breaks?.filter(function (brk) {
let isOut = true;
// Iterate to see if "brk" is in axis range
for (let i = 0; i < breaks.length; i++) {
const otherBreak = breaks[i];
if (otherBreak.from === brk.from &&
otherBreak.to === brk.to) {
isOut = false;
break;
}
}
return isOut;
});
points.forEach(function (point) {
y = pick(point['stack' + key.toUpperCase()], point[key]);
breaks.forEach(function (brk) {
if (isNumber(threshold) && isNumber(y)) {
let eventName = '';
if ((threshold < brk.from && y > brk.to) ||
(threshold > brk.from && y < brk.from)) {
eventName = 'pointBreak';
}
else if ((threshold < brk.from &&
y > brk.from &&
y < brk.to) || (threshold > brk.from &&
y > brk.to &&
y < brk.from)) {
eventName = 'pointInBreak';
}
if (eventName) {
fireEvent(axis, eventName, { point, brk });
}
}
});
breaksOutOfRange?.forEach(function (brk) {
fireEvent(axis, 'pointOutsideOfBreak', { point, brk });
});
});
});
}
}
/**
* Extend getGraphPath by identifying gaps in the data so that we
* can draw a gap in the line or area. This was moved from ordinal
* axis module to broken axis module as of #5045.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Series#gappedPath
*
* @return {Highcharts.SVGPathArray}
* Gapped path
*/
function seriesGappedPath() {
const currentDataGrouping = this.currentDataGrouping, groupingSize = currentDataGrouping?.gapSize, points = this.points.slice(), yAxis = this.yAxis;
let gapSize = this.options.gapSize, i = points.length - 1, stack;
/**
* Defines when to display a gap in the graph, together with the
* [gapUnit](plotOptions.series.gapUnit) option.
*
* In case when `dataGrouping` is enabled, points can be grouped
* into a larger time span. This can make the grouped points to
* have a greater distance than the absolute value of `gapSize`
* property, which will result in disappearing graph completely.
* To prevent this situation the mentioned distance between
* grouped points is used instead of previously defined
* `gapSize`.
*
* In practice, this option is most often used to visualize gaps
* in time series. In a stock chart, intraday data is available
* for daytime hours, while gaps will appear in nights and
* weekends.
*
* @see [gapUnit](plotOptions.series.gapUnit)
* @see [xAxis.breaks](#xAxis.breaks)
*
* @sample {highstock} stock/plotoptions/series-gapsize/
* Setting the gap size to 2 introduces gaps for weekends in
* daily datasets.
*
* @type {number}
* @default 0
* @product highstock
* @requires modules/broken-axis
* @apioption plotOptions.series.gapSize
*/
/**
* Together with [gapSize](plotOptions.series.gapSize), this
* option defines where to draw gaps in the graph.
*
* When the `gapUnit` is `"relative"` (default), a gap size of 5
* means that if the distance between two points is greater than
* 5 times that of the two closest points, the graph will be
* broken.
*
* When the `gapUnit` is `"value"`, the gap is based on absolute
* axis values, which on a datetime axis is milliseconds. This
* also applies to the navigator series that inherits gap
* options from the base series.
*
* @see [gapSize](plotOptions.series.gapSize)
*
* @type {string}
* @default relative
* @since 5.0.13
* @product highstock
* @validvalue ["relative", "value"]
* @requires modules/broken-axis
* @apioption plotOptions.series.gapUnit
*/
if (gapSize && i > 0) { // #5008
// Gap unit is relative
if (this.options.gapUnit !== 'value') {
gapSize *= this.basePointRange;
}
// Setting a new gapSize in case dataGrouping is enabled
// (#7686)
if (groupingSize &&
groupingSize > gapSize &&
// Except when DG is forced (e.g. from other series)
// and has lower granularity than actual points (#11351)
groupingSize >= this.basePointRange) {
gapSize = groupingSize;
}
// Extension for ordinal breaks
let current, next;
while (i--) {
// Reassign next if it is not visible
if (!(next && next.visible !== false)) {
next = points[i + 1];
}
current = points[i];
// Skip iteration if one of the points is not visible
if (next.visible === false || current.visible === false) {
continue;
}
if (next.x - current.x > gapSize) {
const xRange = (current.x + next.x) / 2;
points.splice(// Insert after this one
i + 1, 0, {
isNull: true,
x: xRange
});
// For stacked chart generate empty stack items, #6546
if (yAxis.stacking && this.options.stacking) {
stack = yAxis.stacking.stacks[this.stackKey][xRange] = new StackItem(yAxis, yAxis.options.stackLabels, false, xRange, this.stack);
stack.total = 0;
}
}
// Assign current to next for the upcoming iteration
next = current;
}
}
// Call base method
return this.getGraphPath(points);
}
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* Provides support for broken axes.
* @private
* @class
*/
class Additions {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
static isInBreak(brk, val) {
const repeat = brk.repeat || Infinity, from = brk.from, length = brk.to - brk.from, test = (val >= from ?
(val - from) % repeat :
repeat - ((from - val) % repeat));
let ret;
if (!brk.inclusive) {
ret = test < length && test !== 0;
}
else {
ret = test <= length;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @private
*/
static lin2Val(val) {
const axis = this;
const brokenAxis = axis.brokenAxis;
const breakArray = brokenAxis && brokenAxis.breakArray;
if (!breakArray || !isNumber(val)) {
return val;
}
let nval = val, brk, i;
for (i = 0; i < breakArray.length; i++) {
brk = breakArray[i];
if (brk.from >= nval) {
break;
}
else if (brk.to < nval) {
nval += brk.len;
}
else if (Additions.isInBreak(brk, nval)) {
nval += brk.len;
}
}
return nval;
}
/**
* @private
*/
static val2Lin(val) {
const axis = this;
const brokenAxis = axis.brokenAxis;
const breakArray = brokenAxis && brokenAxis.breakArray;
if (!breakArray || !isNumber(val)) {
return val;
}
let nval = val, brk, i;
for (i = 0; i < breakArray.length; i++) {
brk = breakArray[i];
if (brk.to <= val) {
nval -= brk.len;
}
else if (brk.from >= val) {
break;
}
else if (Additions.isInBreak(brk, val)) {
nval -= (val - brk.from);
break;
}
}
return nval;
}
/* *
*
* Constructors
*
* */
constructor(axis) {
this.hasBreaks = false;
this.axis = axis;
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Returns the first break found where the x is larger then break.from
* and smaller then break.to.
*
* @param {number} x
* The number which should be within a break.
*
* @param {Array<Highcharts.XAxisBreaksOptions>} breaks
* The array of breaks to search within.
*
* @return {Highcharts.XAxisBreaksOptions|undefined}
* Returns the first break found that matches, returns false if no break
* is found.
*/
findBreakAt(x, breaks) {
return find(breaks, function (b) {
return b.from < x && x < b.to;
});
}
/**
* @private
*/
isInAnyBreak(val, testKeep) {
const brokenAxis = this, axis = brokenAxis.axis, breaks = axis.options.breaks || [];
let i = breaks.length, inbrk, keep, ret;
if (i && isNumber(val)) {
while (i--) {
if (Additions.isInBreak(breaks[i], val)) {
inbrk = true;
if (!keep) {
keep = pick(breaks[i].showPoints, !axis.isXAxis);
}
}
}
if (inbrk && testKeep) {
ret = inbrk && !keep;
}
else {
ret = inbrk;
}
}
return ret;
}
/**
* Dynamically set or unset breaks in an axis. This function in lighter
* than using Axis.update, and it also preserves animation.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Axis#setBreaks
*
* @param {Array<Highcharts.XAxisBreaksOptions>} [breaks]
* The breaks to add. When `undefined` it removes existing breaks.
*
* @param {boolean} [redraw=true]
* Whether to redraw the chart immediately.
*/
setBreaks(breaks, redraw) {
const brokenAxis = this;
const axis = brokenAxis.axis;
const hasBreaks = isArray(breaks) &&
!!breaks.length &&
!!Object.keys(breaks[0]).length; // Check for [{}], #16368.
axis.isDirty = brokenAxis.hasBreaks !== hasBreaks;
brokenAxis.hasBreaks = hasBreaks;
if (breaks !== axis.options.breaks) {
axis.options.breaks = axis.userOptions.breaks = breaks;
}
axis.forceRedraw = true; // Force recalculation in setScale
// Recalculate series related to the axis.
axis.series.forEach(function (series) {
series.isDirty = true;
});
if (!hasBreaks && axis.val2lin === Additions.val2Lin) {
// Revert to prototype functions
delete axis.val2lin;
delete axis.lin2val;
}
if (hasBreaks) {
axis.userOptions.ordinal = false;
axis.lin2val = Additions.lin2Val;
axis.val2lin = Additions.val2Lin;
axis.setExtremes = function (newMin, newMax, redraw, animation, eventArguments) {
// If trying to set extremes inside a break, extend min to
// after, and max to before the break ( #3857 )
if (brokenAxis.hasBreaks) {
const breaks = (this.options.breaks || []);
let axisBreak;
while ((axisBreak = brokenAxis.findBreakAt(newMin, breaks))) {
newMin = axisBreak.to;
}
while ((axisBreak = brokenAxis.findBreakAt(newMax, breaks))) {
newMax = axisBreak.from;
}
// If both min and max is within the same break.
if (newMax < newMin) {
newMax = newMin;
}
}
axis.constructor.prototype.setExtremes.call(this, newMin, newMax, redraw, animation, eventArguments);
};
axis.setAxisTranslation = function () {
axis.constructor.prototype.setAxisTranslation.call(this);
brokenAxis.unitLength = void 0;
if (brokenAxis.hasBreaks) {
const breaks = axis.options.breaks || [],
// Temporary one:
breakArrayT = [], breakArray = [], pointRangePadding = pick(axis.pointRangePadding, 0);
let length = 0, inBrk, repeat, min = axis.userMin || axis.min, max = axis.userMax || axis.max, start, i;
// Min & max check (#4247)
breaks.forEach(function (brk) {
repeat = brk.repeat || Infinity;
if (isNumber(min) && isNumber(max)) {
if (Additions.isInBreak(brk, min)) {
min += ((brk.to % repeat) -
(min % repeat));
}
if (Additions.isInBreak(brk, max)) {
max -= ((max % repeat) -
(brk.from % repeat));
}
}
});
// Construct an array holding all breaks in the axis
breaks.forEach(function (brk) {
start = brk.from;
repeat = brk.repeat || Infinity;
if (isNumber(min) && isNumber(max)) {
while (start - repeat > min) {
start -= repeat;
}
while (start < min) {
start += repeat;
}
for (i = start; i < max; i += repeat) {
breakArrayT.push({
value: i,
move: 'in'
});
breakArrayT.push({
value: i + brk.to - brk.from,
move: 'out',
size: brk.breakSize
});
}
}
});
breakArrayT.sort(function (a, b) {
return ((a.value === b.value) ?
((a.move === 'in' ? 0 : 1) -
(b.move === 'in' ? 0 : 1)) :
a.value - b.value);
});
// Simplify the breaks
inBrk = 0;
start = min;
breakArrayT.forEach(function (brk) {
inBrk += (brk.move === 'in' ? 1 : -1);
if (inBrk === 1 && brk.move === 'in') {
start = brk.value;
}
if (inBrk === 0 && isNumber(start)) {
breakArray.push({
from: start,
to: brk.value,
len: brk.value - start - (brk.size || 0)
});
length += (brk.value -
start -
(brk.size || 0));
}
});
brokenAxis.breakArray = breakArray;
// Used with staticScale, and below the actual axis
// length, when breaks are subtracted.
if (isNumber(min) &&
isNumber(max) &&
isNumber(axis.min)) {
brokenAxis.unitLength = max - min - length +
pointRangePadding;
fireEvent(axis, 'afterBreaks');
if (axis.staticScale) {
axis.transA = axis.staticScale;
}
else if (brokenAxis.unitLength) {
axis.transA *=
(max - axis.min + pointRangePadding) /
brokenAxis.unitLength;
}
if (pointRangePadding) {
axis.minPixelPadding =
axis.transA * (axis.minPointOffset || 0);
}
axis.min = min;
axis.max = max;
}
}
};
}
if (pick(redraw, true)) {
axis.chart.redraw();
}
}
}
BrokenAxis.Additions = Additions;
})(BrokenAxis || (BrokenAxis = {}));
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return BrokenAxis;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Core/Axis/GridAxis.js', [_modules['Core/Axis/Axis.js'], _modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (Axis, H, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { dateFormats } = H;
const { addEvent, defined, erase, find, isArray, isNumber, merge, pick, timeUnits, wrap } = U;
/* *
*
* Enums
*
* */
/**
* Enum for which side the axis is on. Maps to axis.side.
* @private
*/
var GridAxisSide;
(function (GridAxisSide) {
GridAxisSide[GridAxisSide["top"] = 0] = "top";
GridAxisSide[GridAxisSide["right"] = 1] = "right";
GridAxisSide[GridAxisSide["bottom"] = 2] = "bottom";
GridAxisSide[GridAxisSide["left"] = 3] = "left";
})(GridAxisSide || (GridAxisSide = {}));
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
function argsToArray(args) {
return Array.prototype.slice.call(args, 1);
}
/**
* @private
*/
function isObject(x) {
// Always use strict mode
return U.isObject(x, true);
}
/**
* @private
*/
function applyGridOptions(axis) {
const options = axis.options;
// Center-align by default
/*
if (!options.labels) {
options.labels = {};
}
*/
options.labels.align = pick(options.labels.align, 'center');
// @todo: Check against tickLabelPlacement between/on etc
/* Prevents adding the last tick label if the axis is not a category
axis.
Since numeric labels are normally placed at starts and ends of a
range of value, and this module makes the label point at the value,
an "extra" label would appear. */
if (!axis.categories) {
options.showLastLabel = false;
}
// Prevents rotation of labels when squished, as rotating them would not
// help.
axis.labelRotation = 0;
options.labels.rotation = 0;
// Allow putting ticks closer than their data points.
options.minTickInterval = 1;
}
/**
* Extends axis class with grid support.
* @private
*/
function compose(AxisClass, ChartClass, TickClass) {
if (!AxisClass.keepProps.includes('grid')) {
AxisClass.keepProps.push('grid');
AxisClass.prototype.getMaxLabelDimensions = getMaxLabelDimensions;
wrap(AxisClass.prototype, 'unsquish', wrapUnsquish);
wrap(AxisClass.prototype, 'getOffset', wrapGetOffset);
// Add event handlers
addEvent(AxisClass, 'init', onInit);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterGetTitlePosition', onAfterGetTitlePosition);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterInit', onAfterInit);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterRender', onAfterRender);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetAxisTranslation', onAfterSetAxisTranslation);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetOptions', onAfterSetOptions);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetOptions', onAfterSetOptions2);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterSetScale', onAfterSetScale);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'afterTickSize', onAfterTickSize);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'trimTicks', onTrimTicks);
addEvent(AxisClass, 'destroy', onDestroy);
addEvent(ChartClass, 'afterSetChartSize', onChartAfterSetChartSize);
addEvent(TickClass, 'afterGetLabelPosition', onTickAfterGetLabelPosition);
addEvent(TickClass, 'labelFormat', onTickLabelFormat);
}
return AxisClass;
}
/**
* Get the largest label width and height.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Axis#getMaxLabelDimensions
*
* @param {Highcharts.Dictionary<Highcharts.Tick>} ticks
* All the ticks on one axis.
*
* @param {Array<number|string>} tickPositions
* All the tick positions on one axis.
*
* @return {Highcharts.SizeObject}
* Object containing the properties height and width.
*
* @todo Move this to the generic axis implementation, as it is used there.
*/
function getMaxLabelDimensions(ticks, tickPositions) {
const dimensions = {
width: 0,
height: 0
};
tickPositions.forEach(function (pos) {
const tick = ticks[pos];
let labelHeight = 0, labelWidth = 0, label;
if (isObject(tick)) {
label = isObject(tick.label) ? tick.label : {};
// Find width and height of label
labelHeight = label.getBBox ? label.getBBox().height : 0;
if (label.textStr && !isNumber(label.textPxLength)) {
label.textPxLength = label.getBBox().width;
}
labelWidth = isNumber(label.textPxLength) ?
// Math.round ensures crisp lines
Math.round(label.textPxLength) :
0;
if (label.textStr) {
// Set the tickWidth same as the label width after ellipsis
// applied #10281
labelWidth = Math.round(label.getBBox().width);
}
// Update the result if width and/or height are larger
dimensions.height = Math.max(labelHeight, dimensions.height);
dimensions.width = Math.max(labelWidth, dimensions.width);
}
});
// For tree grid, add indentation
if (this.options.type === 'treegrid' &&
this.treeGrid &&
this.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode) {
const treeDepth = this.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode[-1].height || 0;
dimensions.width += (this.options.labels.indentation *
(treeDepth - 1));
}
return dimensions;
}
/**
* Handle columns and getOffset.
* @private
*/
function wrapGetOffset(proceed) {
const { grid } = this,
// On the left side we handle the columns first because the offset is
// calculated from the plot area and out
columnsFirst = this.side === 3;
if (!columnsFirst) {
proceed.apply(this);
}
if (!grid?.isColumn) {
let columns = grid?.columns || [];
if (columnsFirst) {
columns = columns.slice().reverse();
}
columns
.forEach((column) => {
column.getOffset();
});
}
if (columnsFirst) {
proceed.apply(this);
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onAfterGetTitlePosition(e) {
const axis = this;
const options = axis.options;
const gridOptions = options.grid || {};
if (gridOptions.enabled === true) {
// Compute anchor points for each of the title align options
const { axisTitle, height: axisHeight, horiz, left: axisLeft, offset, opposite, options, top: axisTop, width: axisWidth } = axis;
const tickSize = axis.tickSize();
const titleWidth = axisTitle && axisTitle.getBBox().width;
const xOption = options.title.x;
const yOption = options.title.y;
const titleMargin = pick(options.title.margin, horiz ? 5 : 10);
const titleFontSize = axisTitle ? axis.chart.renderer.fontMetrics(axisTitle).f : 0;
const crispCorr = tickSize ? tickSize[0] / 2 : 0;
// TODO account for alignment
// the position in the perpendicular direction of the axis
const offAxis = ((horiz ? axisTop + axisHeight : axisLeft) +
(horiz ? 1 : -1) * // Horizontal axis reverses the margin
(opposite ? -1 : 1) * // So does opposite axes
crispCorr +
(axis.side === GridAxisSide.bottom ? titleFontSize : 0));
e.titlePosition.x = horiz ?
axisLeft - (titleWidth || 0) / 2 - titleMargin + xOption :
offAxis + (opposite ? axisWidth : 0) + offset + xOption;
e.titlePosition.y = horiz ?
(offAxis -
(opposite ? axisHeight : 0) +
(opposite ? titleFontSize : -titleFontSize) / 2 +
offset +
yOption) :
axisTop - titleMargin + yOption;
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onAfterInit() {
const axis = this;
const { chart, options: { grid: gridOptions = {} }, userOptions } = axis;
if (gridOptions.enabled) {
applyGridOptions(axis);
}
if (gridOptions.columns) {
const columns = axis.grid.columns = [];
let columnIndex = axis.grid.columnIndex = 0;
// Handle columns, each column is a grid axis
while (++columnIndex < gridOptions.columns.length) {
const columnOptions = merge(userOptions, gridOptions.columns[columnIndex], {
isInternal: true,
linkedTo: 0,
// Disable by default the scrollbar on the grid axis
scrollbar: {
enabled: false
}
},
// Avoid recursion
{
grid: {
columns: void 0
}
});
const column = new Axis(axis.chart, columnOptions, 'yAxis');
column.grid.isColumn = true;
column.grid.columnIndex = columnIndex;
// Remove column axis from chart axes array, and place it
// in the columns array.
erase(chart.axes, column);
erase(chart[axis.coll] || [], column);
columns.push(column);
}
}
}
/**
* Draw an extra line on the far side of the outermost axis,
* creating floor/roof/wall of a grid. And some padding.
* ```
* Make this:
* (axis.min) __________________________ (axis.max)
* | | | | |
* Into this:
* (axis.min) __________________________ (axis.max)
* ___|____|____|____|____|__
* ```
* @private
*/
function onAfterRender() {
const axis = this, { axisTitle, grid, options } = axis, gridOptions = options.grid || {};
if (gridOptions.enabled === true) {
const min = axis.min || 0, max = axis.max || 0, firstTick = axis.ticks[axis.tickPositions[0]];
// Adjust the title max width to the column width (#19657)
if (axisTitle &&
!axis.chart.styledMode &&
firstTick?.slotWidth &&
!axis.options.title.style.width) {
axisTitle.css({ width: `${firstTick.slotWidth}px` });
}
// @todo actual label padding (top, bottom, left, right)
axis.maxLabelDimensions = axis.getMaxLabelDimensions(axis.ticks, axis.tickPositions);
// Remove right wall before rendering if updating
if (axis.rightWall) {
axis.rightWall.destroy();
}
/*
Draw an extra axis line on outer axes
>
Make this: |______|______|______|___
> _________________________
Into this: |______|______|______|__|
*/
if (axis.grid && axis.grid.isOuterAxis() && axis.axisLine) {
const lineWidth = options.lineWidth;
if (lineWidth) {
const linePath = axis.getLinePath(lineWidth), startPoint = linePath[0], endPoint = linePath[1],
// Negate distance if top or left axis
// Subtract 1px to draw the line at the end of the tick
tickLength = (axis.tickSize('tick') || [1])[0], distance = (tickLength - 1) * ((axis.side === GridAxisSide.top ||
axis.side === GridAxisSide.left) ? -1 : 1);
// If axis is horizontal, reposition line path vertically
if (startPoint[0] === 'M' && endPoint[0] === 'L') {
if (axis.horiz) {
startPoint[2] += distance;
endPoint[2] += distance;
}
else {
startPoint[1] += distance;
endPoint[1] += distance;
}
}
// If it doesn't exist, add an upper and lower border
// for the vertical grid axis.
if (!axis.horiz && axis.chart.marginRight) {
const upperBorderStartPoint = startPoint, upperBorderEndPoint = [
'L',
axis.left,
startPoint[2] || 0
], upperBorderPath = [
upperBorderStartPoint,
upperBorderEndPoint
], lowerBorderEndPoint = [
'L',
axis.chart.chartWidth - axis.chart.marginRight,
axis.toPixels(max + axis.tickmarkOffset)
], lowerBorderStartPoint = [
'M',
endPoint[1] || 0,
axis.toPixels(max + axis.tickmarkOffset)
], lowerBorderPath = [
lowerBorderStartPoint,
lowerBorderEndPoint
];
if (!axis.grid.upperBorder && min % 1 !== 0) {
axis.grid.upperBorder = axis.grid.renderBorder(upperBorderPath);
}
if (axis.grid.upperBorder) {
axis.grid.upperBorder.attr({
stroke: options.lineColor,
'stroke-width': options.lineWidth
});
axis.grid.upperBorder.animate({
d: upperBorderPath
});
}
if (!axis.grid.lowerBorder && max % 1 !== 0) {
axis.grid.lowerBorder = axis.grid.renderBorder(lowerBorderPath);
}
if (axis.grid.lowerBorder) {
axis.grid.lowerBorder.attr({
stroke: options.lineColor,
'stroke-width': options.lineWidth
});
axis.grid.lowerBorder.animate({
d: lowerBorderPath
});
}
}
// Render an extra line parallel to the existing axes, to
// close the grid.
if (!axis.grid.axisLineExtra) {
axis.grid.axisLineExtra = axis.grid.renderBorder(linePath);
}
else {
axis.grid.axisLineExtra.attr({
stroke: options.lineColor,
'stroke-width': options.lineWidth
});
axis.grid.axisLineExtra.animate({
d: linePath
});
}
// Show or hide the line depending on options.showEmpty
axis.axisLine[axis.showAxis ? 'show' : 'hide']();
}
}
(grid && grid.columns || []).forEach((column) => column.render());
// Manipulate the tick mark visibility
// based on the axis.max- allows smooth scrolling.
if (!axis.horiz &&
axis.chart.hasRendered &&
(axis.scrollbar ||
(axis.linkedParent && axis.linkedParent.scrollbar)) &&
axis.tickPositions.length) {
const tickmarkOffset = axis.tickmarkOffset, lastTick = axis.tickPositions[axis.tickPositions.length - 1], firstTick = axis.tickPositions[0];
let label, tickMark;
while ((label = axis.hiddenLabels.pop()) && label.element) {
label.show(); // #15453
}
while ((tickMark = axis.hiddenMarks.pop()) &&
tickMark.element) {
tickMark.show(); // #16439
}
// Hide/show first tick label.
label = axis.ticks[firstTick].label;
if (label) {
if (min - firstTick > tickmarkOffset) {
axis.hiddenLabels.push(label.hide());
}
else {
label.show();
}
}
// Hide/show last tick mark/label.
label = axis.ticks[lastTick].label;
if (label) {
if (lastTick - max > tickmarkOffset) {
axis.hiddenLabels.push(label.hide());
}
else {
label.show();
}
}
const mark = axis.ticks[lastTick].mark;
if (mark &&
lastTick - max < tickmarkOffset &&
lastTick - max > 0 && axis.ticks[lastTick].isLast) {
axis.hiddenMarks.push(mark.hide());
}
}
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onAfterSetAxisTranslation() {
const axis = this;
const tickInfo = axis.tickPositions && axis.tickPositions.info;
const options = axis.options;
const gridOptions = options.grid || {};
const userLabels = axis.userOptions.labels || {};
// Fire this only for the Gantt type chart, #14868.
if (gridOptions.enabled) {
if (axis.horiz) {
axis.series.forEach((series) => {
series.options.pointRange = 0;
});
// Lower level time ticks, like hours or minutes, represent
// points in time and not ranges. These should be aligned
// left in the grid cell by default. The same applies to
// years of higher order.
if (tickInfo &&
options.dateTimeLabelFormats &&
options.labels &&
!defined(userLabels.align) &&
(options.dateTimeLabelFormats[tickInfo.unitName]
.range === false ||
tickInfo.count > 1 // Years
)) {
options.labels.align = 'left';
if (!defined(userLabels.x)) {
options.labels.x = 3;
}
}
}
else {
// Don't trim ticks which not in min/max range but
// they are still in the min/max plus tickInterval.
if (this.options.type !== 'treegrid' &&
axis.grid &&
axis.grid.columns) {
this.minPointOffset = this.tickInterval;
}
}
}
}
/**
* Creates a left and right wall on horizontal axes:
* - Places leftmost tick at the start of the axis, to create a left
* wall
* - Ensures that the rightmost tick is at the end of the axis, to
* create a right wall.
* @private
*/
function onAfterSetOptions(e) {
const options = this.options, userOptions = e.userOptions, gridOptions = ((options && isObject(options.grid)) ? options.grid : {});
let gridAxisOptions;
if (gridOptions.enabled === true) {
// Merge the user options into default grid axis options so
// that when a user option is set, it takes precedence.
gridAxisOptions = merge(true, {
className: ('highcharts-grid-axis ' + (userOptions.className || '')),
dateTimeLabelFormats: {
hour: {
list: ['%H:%M', '%H']
},
day: {
list: ['%A, %e. %B', '%a, %e. %b', '%E']
},
week: {
list: ['Week %W', 'W%W']
},
month: {
list: ['%B', '%b', '%o']
}
},
grid: {
borderWidth: 1
},
labels: {
padding: 2,
style: {
fontSize: '0.9em'
}
},
margin: 0,
title: {
text: null,
reserveSpace: false,
rotation: 0,
style: {
textOverflow: 'ellipsis'
}
},
// In a grid axis, only allow one unit of certain types,
// for example we shouldn't have one grid cell spanning
// two days.
units: [[
'millisecond',
[1, 10, 100]
], [
'second',
[1, 10]
], [
'minute',
[1, 5, 15]
], [
'hour',
[1, 6]
], [
'day',
[1]
], [
'week',
[1]
], [
'month',
[1]
], [
'year',
null
]]
}, userOptions);
// X-axis specific options
if (this.coll === 'xAxis') {
// For linked axes, tickPixelInterval is used only if
// the tickPositioner below doesn't run or returns
// undefined (like multiple years)
if (defined(userOptions.linkedTo) &&
!defined(userOptions.tickPixelInterval)) {
gridAxisOptions.tickPixelInterval = 350;
}
// For the secondary grid axis, use the primary axis'
// tick intervals and return ticks one level higher.
if (
// Check for tick pixel interval in options
!defined(userOptions.tickPixelInterval) &&
// Only for linked axes
defined(userOptions.linkedTo) &&
!defined(userOptions.tickPositioner) &&
!defined(userOptions.tickInterval) &&
!defined(userOptions.units)) {
gridAxisOptions.tickPositioner = function (min, max) {
const parentInfo = (this.linkedParent &&
this.linkedParent.tickPositions &&
this.linkedParent.tickPositions.info);
if (parentInfo) {
const units = (gridAxisOptions.units || []);
let unitIdx, count = 1, unitName = 'year';
for (let i = 0; i < units.length; i++) {
const unit = units[i];
if (unit && unit[0] === parentInfo.unitName) {
unitIdx = i;
break;
}
}
// Get the first allowed count on the next unit.
const unit = (isNumber(unitIdx) && units[unitIdx + 1]);
if (unit) {
unitName = unit[0] || 'year';
const counts = unit[1];
count = counts && counts[0] || 1;
// In case the base X axis shows years, make the
// secondary axis show ten times the years (#11427)
}
else if (parentInfo.unitName === 'year') {
// `unitName` is 'year'
count = parentInfo.count * 10;
}
const unitRange = timeUnits[unitName];
this.tickInterval = unitRange * count;
return this.chart.time.getTimeTicks({ unitRange, count, unitName }, min, max, this.options.startOfWeek);
}
};
}
}
// Now merge the combined options into the axis options
merge(true, this.options, gridAxisOptions);
if (this.horiz) {
/* _________________________
Make this: ___|_____|_____|_____|__|
^ ^
_________________________
Into this: |_____|_____|_____|_____|
^ ^ */
options.minPadding = pick(userOptions.minPadding, 0);
options.maxPadding = pick(userOptions.maxPadding, 0);
}
// If borderWidth is set, then use its value for tick and
// line width.
if (isNumber(options.grid.borderWidth)) {
options.tickWidth = options.lineWidth =
gridOptions.borderWidth;
}
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onAfterSetOptions2(e) {
const axis = this;
const userOptions = e.userOptions;
const gridOptions = userOptions && userOptions.grid || {};
const columns = gridOptions.columns;
// Add column options to the parent axis. Children has their column options
// set on init in onGridAxisAfterInit.
if (gridOptions.enabled && columns) {
merge(true, axis.options, columns[0]);
}
}
/**
* Handle columns and setScale.
* @private
*/
function onAfterSetScale() {
const axis = this;
(axis.grid.columns || []).forEach((column) => column.setScale());
}
/**
* Draw vertical axis ticks extra long to create cell floors and roofs.
* Overrides the tickLength for vertical axes.
* @private
*/
function onAfterTickSize(e) {
const { horiz, maxLabelDimensions, options: { grid: gridOptions = {} } } = this;
if (gridOptions.enabled && maxLabelDimensions) {
const labelPadding = this.options.labels.distance * 2;
const distance = horiz ?
(gridOptions.cellHeight ||
labelPadding + maxLabelDimensions.height) :
labelPadding + maxLabelDimensions.width;
if (isArray(e.tickSize)) {
e.tickSize[0] = distance;
}
else {
e.tickSize = [distance, 0];
}
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onChartAfterSetChartSize() {
this.axes.forEach((axis) => {
(axis.grid && axis.grid.columns || []).forEach((column) => {
column.setAxisSize();
column.setAxisTranslation();
});
});
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onDestroy(e) {
const { grid } = this;
(grid.columns || []).forEach((column) => column.destroy(e.keepEvents));
grid.columns = void 0;
}
/**
* Wraps axis init to draw cell walls on vertical axes.
* @private
*/
function onInit(e) {
const axis = this;
const userOptions = e.userOptions || {};
const gridOptions = userOptions.grid || {};
if (gridOptions.enabled && defined(gridOptions.borderColor)) {
userOptions.tickColor = userOptions.lineColor = (gridOptions.borderColor);
}
if (!axis.grid) {
axis.grid = new GridAxisAdditions(axis);
}
axis.hiddenLabels = [];
axis.hiddenMarks = [];
}
/**
* Center tick labels in cells.
* @private
*/
function onTickAfterGetLabelPosition(e) {
const tick = this, label = tick.label, axis = tick.axis, reversed = axis.reversed, chart = axis.chart, options = axis.options, gridOptions = options.grid || {}, labelOpts = axis.options.labels, align = labelOpts.align,
// `verticalAlign` is currently not supported for axis.labels.
verticalAlign = 'middle', // LabelOpts.verticalAlign,
side = GridAxisSide[axis.side], tickmarkOffset = e.tickmarkOffset, tickPositions = axis.tickPositions, tickPos = tick.pos - tickmarkOffset, nextTickPos = (isNumber(tickPositions[e.index + 1]) ?
tickPositions[e.index + 1] - tickmarkOffset :
(axis.max || 0) + tickmarkOffset), tickSize = axis.tickSize('tick'), tickWidth = tickSize ? tickSize[0] : 0, crispCorr = tickSize ? tickSize[1] / 2 : 0;
// Only center tick labels in grid axes
if (gridOptions.enabled === true) {
let bottom, top, left, right;
// Calculate top and bottom positions of the cell.
if (side === 'top') {
bottom = axis.top + axis.offset;
top = bottom - tickWidth;
}
else if (side === 'bottom') {
top = chart.chartHeight - axis.bottom + axis.offset;
bottom = top + tickWidth;
}
else {
bottom = axis.top + axis.len - (axis.translate(reversed ? nextTickPos : tickPos) || 0);
top = axis.top + axis.len - (axis.translate(reversed ? tickPos : nextTickPos) || 0);
}
// Calculate left and right positions of the cell.
if (side === 'right') {
left = chart.chartWidth - axis.right + axis.offset;
right = left + tickWidth;
}
else if (side === 'left') {
right = axis.left + axis.offset;
left = right - tickWidth;
}
else {
left = Math.round(axis.left + (axis.translate(reversed ? nextTickPos : tickPos) || 0)) - crispCorr;
right = Math.min(// #15742
Math.round(axis.left + (axis.translate(reversed ? tickPos : nextTickPos) || 0)) - crispCorr, axis.left + axis.len);
}
tick.slotWidth = right - left;
// Calculate the positioning of the label based on
// alignment.
e.pos.x = (align === 'left' ?
left :
align === 'right' ?
right :
left + ((right - left) / 2) // Default to center
);
e.pos.y = (verticalAlign === 'top' ?
top :
verticalAlign === 'bottom' ?
bottom :
top + ((bottom - top) / 2) // Default to middle
);
if (label) {
const lblMetrics = chart.renderer.fontMetrics(label), labelHeight = label.getBBox().height;
// Adjustment to y position to align the label correctly.
// Would be better to have a setter or similar for this.
if (!labelOpts.useHTML) {
const lines = Math.round(labelHeight / lblMetrics.h);
e.pos.y += (
// Center the label
// TODO: why does this actually center the label?
((lblMetrics.b - (lblMetrics.h - lblMetrics.f)) / 2) +
// Adjust for height of additional lines.
-(((lines - 1) * lblMetrics.h) / 2));
}
else {
e.pos.y += (
// Readjust yCorr in htmlUpdateTransform
lblMetrics.b +
// Adjust for height of html label
-(labelHeight / 2));
}
}
e.pos.x += (axis.horiz && labelOpts.x) || 0;
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onTickLabelFormat(ctx) {
const { axis, value } = ctx;
if (axis.options.grid &&
axis.options.grid.enabled) {
const tickPos = axis.tickPositions;
const series = (axis.linkedParent || axis).series[0];
const isFirst = value === tickPos[0];
const isLast = value === tickPos[tickPos.length - 1];
const point = series && find(series.options.data, function (p) {
return p[axis.isXAxis ? 'x' : 'y'] === value;
});
let pointCopy;
if (point && series.is('gantt')) {
// For the Gantt set point aliases to the pointCopy
// to do not change the original point
pointCopy = merge(point);
H.seriesTypes.gantt.prototype.pointClass
.setGanttPointAliases(pointCopy);
}
// Make additional properties available for the
// formatter
ctx.isFirst = isFirst;
ctx.isLast = isLast;
ctx.point = pointCopy;
}
}
/**
* Makes tick labels which are usually ignored in a linked axis
* displayed if they are within range of linkedParent.min.
* ```
* _____________________________
* | | | | |
* Make this: | | 2 | 3 | 4 |
* |___|_______|_______|_______|
* ^
* _____________________________
* | | | | |
* Into this: | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
* |___|_______|_______|_______|
* ^
* ```
* @private
* @todo Does this function do what the drawing says? Seems to affect
* ticks and not the labels directly?
*/
function onTrimTicks() {
const axis = this, options = axis.options, gridOptions = options.grid || {}, categoryAxis = axis.categories, tickPositions = axis.tickPositions, firstPos = tickPositions[0], secondPos = tickPositions[1], lastPos = tickPositions[tickPositions.length - 1], beforeLastPos = tickPositions[tickPositions.length - 2], linkedMin = axis.linkedParent && axis.linkedParent.min, linkedMax = axis.linkedParent && axis.linkedParent.max, min = linkedMin || axis.min, max = linkedMax || axis.max, tickInterval = axis.tickInterval, startLessThanMin = ( // #19845
isNumber(min) &&
min >= firstPos + tickInterval &&
min < secondPos), endMoreThanMin = (isNumber(min) &&
firstPos < min &&
firstPos + tickInterval > min), startLessThanMax = (isNumber(max) &&
lastPos > max &&
lastPos - tickInterval < max), endMoreThanMax = (isNumber(max) &&
max <= lastPos - tickInterval &&
max > beforeLastPos);
if (gridOptions.enabled === true &&
!categoryAxis &&
(axis.isXAxis || axis.isLinked)) {
if ((endMoreThanMin || startLessThanMin) && !options.startOnTick) {
tickPositions[0] = min;
}
if ((startLessThanMax || endMoreThanMax) && !options.endOnTick) {
tickPositions[tickPositions.length - 1] = max;
}
}
}
/**
* Avoid altering tickInterval when reserving space.
* @private
*/
function wrapUnsquish(proceed) {
const axis = this;
const { options: { grid: gridOptions = {} } } = axis;
if (gridOptions.enabled === true && axis.categories) {
return axis.tickInterval;
}
return proceed.apply(axis, argsToArray(arguments));
}
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* Additions for grid axes.
* @private
* @class
*/
class GridAxisAdditions {
/* *
*
* Constructors
*
* */
constructor(axis) {
this.axis = axis;
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Checks if an axis is the outer axis in its dimension. Since
* axes are placed outwards in order, the axis with the highest
* index is the outermost axis.
*
* Example: If there are multiple x-axes at the top of the chart,
* this function returns true if the axis supplied is the last
* of the x-axes.
*
* @private
*
* @return {boolean}
* True if the axis is the outermost axis in its dimension; false if
* not.
*/
isOuterAxis() {
const axis = this.axis;
const chart = axis.chart;
const columnIndex = axis.grid.columnIndex;
const columns = (axis.linkedParent?.grid.columns ||
axis.grid.columns ||
[]);
const parentAxis = columnIndex ? axis.linkedParent : axis;
let thisIndex = -1, lastIndex = 0;
// On the left side, when we have columns (not only multiple axes), the
// main axis is to the left
if (axis.side === 3 && !chart.inverted && columns.length) {
return !axis.linkedParent;
}
(chart[axis.coll] || []).forEach((otherAxis, index) => {
if (otherAxis.side === axis.side &&
!otherAxis.options.isInternal) {
lastIndex = index;
if (otherAxis === parentAxis) {
// Get the index of the axis in question
thisIndex = index;
}
}
});
return (lastIndex === thisIndex &&
(isNumber(columnIndex) ?
columns.length === columnIndex :
true));
}
/**
* Add extra border based on the provided path.
* @private
* @param {SVGPath} path
* The path of the border.
* @return {Highcharts.SVGElement}
* Border
*/
renderBorder(path) {
const axis = this.axis, renderer = axis.chart.renderer, options = axis.options, extraBorderLine = renderer.path(path)
.addClass('highcharts-axis-line')
.add(axis.axisGroup);
if (!renderer.styledMode) {
extraBorderLine.attr({
stroke: options.lineColor,
'stroke-width': options.lineWidth,
zIndex: 7
});
}
return extraBorderLine;
}
}
/* *
*
* Registry
*
* */
// First letter of the day of the week, e.g. 'M' for 'Monday'.
dateFormats.E = function (timestamp) {
return this.dateFormat('%a', timestamp, true).charAt(0);
};
// Adds week date format
dateFormats.W = function (timestamp) {
const time = this, d = new this.Date(timestamp), unitsToOmit = ['Hours', 'Milliseconds', 'Minutes', 'Seconds'];
unitsToOmit.forEach(function (format) {
time.set(format, d, 0);
});
const firstDay = (this.get('Day', d) + 6) % 7;
const thursday = new this.Date(d.valueOf());
this.set('Date', thursday, this.get('Date', d) - firstDay + 3);
const firstThursday = new this.Date(this.get('FullYear', thursday), 0, 1);
if (this.get('Day', firstThursday) !== 4) {
this.set('Month', d, 0);
this.set('Date', d, 1 + (11 - this.get('Day', firstThursday)) % 7);
}
return (1 +
Math.floor((thursday.valueOf() - firstThursday.valueOf()) / 604800000)).toString();
};
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const GridAxis = {
compose
};
/* *
*
* API Options
*
* */
/**
* @productdesc {gantt}
* For grid axes (like in Gantt charts),
* it is possible to declare as a list to provide different
* formats depending on available space.
*
* Defaults to:
* ```js
* {
* hour: { list: ['%H:%M', '%H'] },
* day: { list: ['%A, %e. %B', '%a, %e. %b', '%E'] },
* week: { list: ['Week %W', 'W%W'] },
* month: { list: ['%B', '%b', '%o'] }
* }
* ```
*
* @sample {gantt} gantt/grid-axis/date-time-label-formats
* Gantt chart with custom axis date format.
*
* @apioption xAxis.dateTimeLabelFormats
*/
/**
* Set grid options for the axis labels. Requires Highcharts Gantt.
*
* @since 6.2.0
* @product gantt
* @apioption xAxis.grid
*/
/**
* Enable grid on the axis labels. Defaults to true for Gantt charts.
*
* @type {boolean}
* @default true
* @since 6.2.0
* @product gantt
* @apioption xAxis.grid.enabled
*/
/**
* Set specific options for each column (or row for horizontal axes) in the
* grid. Each extra column/row is its own axis, and the axis options can be set
* here.
*
* @sample gantt/demo/left-axis-table
* Left axis as a table
* @sample gantt/demo/treegrid-columns
* Collapsible tree grid with columns
*
* @type {Array<Highcharts.XAxisOptions>}
* @apioption xAxis.grid.columns
*/
/**
* Set border color for the label grid lines.
*
* @type {Highcharts.ColorString}
* @default #e6e6e6
* @apioption xAxis.grid.borderColor
*/
/**
* Set border width of the label grid lines.
*
* @type {number}
* @default 1
* @apioption xAxis.grid.borderWidth
*/
/**
* Set cell height for grid axis labels. By default this is calculated from font
* size. This option only applies to horizontal axes. For vertical axes, check
* the [#yAxis.staticScale](yAxis.staticScale) option.
*
* @sample gantt/grid-axis/cellheight
* Gant chart with custom cell height
* @type {number}
* @apioption xAxis.grid.cellHeight
*/
''; // Keeps doclets above in JS file
return GridAxis;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Gantt/Tree.js', [_modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Highsoft AS
*
* Authors: Jon Arild Nygard
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
/* *
*
* Imports
*
* */
const { extend, isNumber, pick } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Creates an object map from parent id to children's index.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Tree#getListOfParents
*
* @param {Array<*>} data
* List of points set in options. `Array.parent` is parent id of point.
*
* @return {Highcharts.Dictionary<Array<*>>}
* Map from parent id to children index in data
*/
function getListOfParents(data) {
const root = '', ids = [], listOfParents = data.reduce((prev, curr) => {
const { parent = '', id } = curr;
if (typeof prev[parent] === 'undefined') {
prev[parent] = [];
}
prev[parent].push(curr);
if (id) {
ids.push(id);
}
return prev;
}, {});
Object.keys(listOfParents).forEach((node) => {
if ((node !== root) && (ids.indexOf(node) === -1)) {
const adoptedByRoot = listOfParents[node].map(function (orphan) {
const { ...parentExcluded } = orphan; // #15196
return parentExcluded;
});
listOfParents[root].push(...adoptedByRoot);
delete listOfParents[node];
}
});
return listOfParents;
}
/** @private */
function getNode(id, parent, level, data, mapOfIdToChildren, options) {
const after = options && options.after, before = options && options.before, node = {
data,
depth: level - 1,
id,
level,
parent: (parent || '')
};
let descendants = 0, height = 0, start, end;
// Allow custom logic before the children has been created.
if (typeof before === 'function') {
before(node, options);
}
// Call getNode recursively on the children. Calculate the height of the
// node, and the number of descendants.
const children = ((mapOfIdToChildren[id] || [])).map((child) => {
const node = getNode(child.id, id, (level + 1), child, mapOfIdToChildren, options), childStart = child.start || NaN, childEnd = (child.milestone === true ?
childStart :
child.end ||
NaN);
// Start should be the lowest child.start.
start = ((!isNumber(start) || childStart < start) ?
childStart :
start);
// End should be the largest child.end.
// If child is milestone, then use start as end.
end = ((!isNumber(end) || childEnd > end) ?
childEnd :
end);
descendants = descendants + 1 + node.descendants;
height = Math.max(node.height + 1, height);
return node;
});
// Calculate start and end for point if it is not already explicitly set.
if (data) {
data.start = pick(data.start, start);
data.end = pick(data.end, end);
}
extend(node, {
children: children,
descendants: descendants,
height: height
});
// Allow custom logic after the children has been created.
if (typeof after === 'function') {
after(node, options);
}
return node;
}
/** @private */
function getTree(data, options) {
return getNode('', null, 1, null, getListOfParents(data), options);
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const Tree = {
getNode,
getTree
};
return Tree;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Core/Axis/TreeGrid/TreeGridTick.js', [_modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Jon Arild Nygard
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { addEvent, removeEvent, isObject, isNumber, pick, wrap } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
function onTickInit() {
const tick = this;
if (!tick.treeGrid) {
tick.treeGrid = new TreeGridTickAdditions(tick);
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onTickHover(label) {
label.addClass('highcharts-treegrid-node-active');
if (!label.renderer.styledMode) {
label.css({
textDecoration: 'underline'
});
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function onTickHoverExit(label, options) {
const css = isObject(options.style) ? options.style : {};
label.removeClass('highcharts-treegrid-node-active');
if (!label.renderer.styledMode) {
label.css({ textDecoration: (css.textDecoration || 'none') });
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function renderLabelIcon(tick, params) {
const treeGrid = tick.treeGrid, isNew = !treeGrid.labelIcon, renderer = params.renderer, labelBox = params.xy, options = params.options, width = options.width || 0, height = options.height || 0, padding = options.padding ?? tick.axis.linkedParent ? 0 : 5, iconCenter = {
x: labelBox.x - (width / 2) - padding,
y: labelBox.y - (height / 2)
}, rotation = params.collapsed ? 90 : 180, shouldRender = params.show && isNumber(iconCenter.y);
let icon = treeGrid.labelIcon;
if (!icon) {
treeGrid.labelIcon = icon = renderer
.path(renderer.symbols[options.type](options.x || 0, options.y || 0, width, height))
.addClass('highcharts-label-icon')
.add(params.group);
}
// Set the new position, and show or hide
icon[shouldRender ? 'show' : 'hide'](); // #14904, #1338
// Presentational attributes
if (!renderer.styledMode) {
icon
.attr({
cursor: 'pointer',
'fill': pick(params.color, "#666666" /* Palette.neutralColor60 */),
'stroke-width': 1,
stroke: options.lineColor,
strokeWidth: options.lineWidth || 0
});
}
// Update the icon positions
icon[isNew ? 'attr' : 'animate']({
translateX: iconCenter.x,
translateY: iconCenter.y,
rotation: rotation
});
}
/**
* @private
*/
function wrapGetLabelPosition(proceed, x, y, label, horiz, labelOptions, tickmarkOffset, index, step) {
const tick = this, lbOptions = pick(tick.options && tick.options.labels, labelOptions), pos = tick.pos, axis = tick.axis, options = axis.options, isTreeGrid = options.type === 'treegrid', result = proceed.apply(tick, [x, y, label, horiz, lbOptions, tickmarkOffset, index, step]);
let mapOfPosToGridNode, node, level;
if (isTreeGrid) {
const { width = 0, padding = axis.linkedParent ? 0 : 5 } = (lbOptions && isObject(lbOptions.symbol, true) ?
lbOptions.symbol :
{}), indentation = (lbOptions && isNumber(lbOptions.indentation) ?
lbOptions.indentation :
0);
mapOfPosToGridNode = axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode;
node = mapOfPosToGridNode && mapOfPosToGridNode[pos];
level = (node && node.depth) || 1;
result.x += (
// Add space for symbols
(width + (padding * 2)) +
// Apply indentation
((level - 1) * indentation));
}
return result;
}
/**
* @private
*/
function wrapRenderLabel(proceed) {
const tick = this, { pos, axis, label, treeGrid: tickGrid, options: tickOptions } = tick, icon = tickGrid?.labelIcon, labelElement = label?.element, { treeGrid: axisGrid, options: axisOptions, chart, tickPositions } = axis, mapOfPosToGridNode = axisGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode, labelOptions = pick(tickOptions?.labels, axisOptions?.labels), symbolOptions = (labelOptions && isObject(labelOptions.symbol, true) ?
labelOptions.symbol :
{}), node = mapOfPosToGridNode && mapOfPosToGridNode[pos], { descendants, depth } = node || {}, hasDescendants = node && descendants && descendants > 0, level = depth, isTreeGridElement = (axisOptions.type === 'treegrid') && labelElement, shouldRender = tickPositions.indexOf(pos) > -1, prefixClassName = 'highcharts-treegrid-node-', prefixLevelClass = prefixClassName + 'level-', styledMode = chart.styledMode;
let collapsed, addClassName, removeClassName;
if (isTreeGridElement && node) {
// Add class name for hierarchical styling.
label
.removeClass(new RegExp(prefixLevelClass + '.*'))
.addClass(prefixLevelClass + level);
}
proceed.apply(tick, Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments, 1));
if (isTreeGridElement && hasDescendants) {
collapsed = axisGrid.isCollapsed(node);
renderLabelIcon(tick, {
color: (!styledMode &&
label.styles.color ||
''),
collapsed: collapsed,
group: label.parentGroup,
options: symbolOptions,
renderer: label.renderer,
show: shouldRender,
xy: label.xy
});
// Add class name for the node.
addClassName = prefixClassName +
(collapsed ? 'collapsed' : 'expanded');
removeClassName = prefixClassName +
(collapsed ? 'expanded' : 'collapsed');
label
.addClass(addClassName)
.removeClass(removeClassName);
if (!styledMode) {
label.css({
cursor: 'pointer'
});
}
// Add events to both label text and icon
[label, icon].forEach((object) => {
if (object && !object.attachedTreeGridEvents) {
// On hover
addEvent(object.element, 'mouseover', function () {
onTickHover(label);
});
// On hover out
addEvent(object.element, 'mouseout', function () {
onTickHoverExit(label, labelOptions);
});
addEvent(object.element, 'click', function () {
tickGrid.toggleCollapse();
});
object.attachedTreeGridEvents = true;
}
});
}
else if (icon) {
removeEvent(labelElement);
label?.css({ cursor: 'default' });
icon.destroy();
}
}
/* *
*
* Classes
*
* */
/**
* @private
* @class
*/
class TreeGridTickAdditions {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
static compose(TickClass) {
const tickProto = TickClass.prototype;
if (!tickProto.toggleCollapse) {
addEvent(TickClass, 'init', onTickInit);
wrap(tickProto, 'getLabelPosition', wrapGetLabelPosition);
wrap(tickProto, 'renderLabel', wrapRenderLabel);
// Backwards compatibility
tickProto.collapse = function (redraw) {
this.treeGrid.collapse(redraw);
};
tickProto.expand = function (redraw) {
this.treeGrid.expand(redraw);
};
tickProto.toggleCollapse = function (redraw) {
this.treeGrid.toggleCollapse(redraw);
};
}
}
/* *
*
* Constructors
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
constructor(tick) {
this.tick = tick;
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Collapse the grid cell. Used when axis is of type treegrid.
*
* @see gantt/treegrid-axis/collapsed-dynamically/demo.js
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Tick#collapse
*
* @param {boolean} [redraw=true]
* Whether to redraw the chart or wait for an explicit call to
* {@link Highcharts.Chart#redraw}
*/
collapse(redraw) {
const tick = this.tick, axis = tick.axis, brokenAxis = axis.brokenAxis;
if (brokenAxis &&
axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode) {
const pos = tick.pos, node = axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode[pos], breaks = axis.treeGrid.collapse(node);
brokenAxis.setBreaks(breaks, pick(redraw, true));
}
}
/**
* Destroy remaining labelIcon if exist.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Tick#destroy
*/
destroy() {
if (this.labelIcon) {
this.labelIcon.destroy();
}
}
/**
* Expand the grid cell. Used when axis is of type treegrid.
*
* @see gantt/treegrid-axis/collapsed-dynamically/demo.js
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Tick#expand
*
* @param {boolean} [redraw=true]
* Whether to redraw the chart or wait for an explicit call to
* {@link Highcharts.Chart#redraw}
*/
expand(redraw) {
const { pos, axis } = this.tick, { treeGrid, brokenAxis } = axis, posMappedNodes = treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode;
if (brokenAxis && posMappedNodes) {
const node = posMappedNodes[pos], breaks = treeGrid.expand(node);
brokenAxis.setBreaks(breaks, pick(redraw, true));
}
}
/**
* Toggle the collapse/expand state of the grid cell. Used when axis is
* of type treegrid.
*
* @see gantt/treegrid-axis/collapsed-dynamically/demo.js
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.Tick#toggleCollapse
*
* @param {boolean} [redraw=true]
* Whether to redraw the chart or wait for an explicit call to
* {@link Highcharts.Chart#redraw}
*/
toggleCollapse(redraw) {
const tick = this.tick, axis = tick.axis, brokenAxis = axis.brokenAxis;
if (brokenAxis &&
axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode) {
const pos = tick.pos, node = axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode[pos], breaks = axis.treeGrid.toggleCollapse(node);
brokenAxis.setBreaks(breaks, pick(redraw, true));
}
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return TreeGridTickAdditions;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/TreeUtilities.js', [_modules['Core/Color/Color.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (Color, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2014-2024 Highsoft AS
*
* Authors: Jon Arild Nygard / Oystein Moseng
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { extend, isArray, isNumber, isObject, merge, pick, relativeLength } = U;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/* eslint-disable valid-jsdoc */
/**
* @private
*/
function getColor(node, options) {
const index = options.index, mapOptionsToLevel = options.mapOptionsToLevel, parentColor = options.parentColor, parentColorIndex = options.parentColorIndex, series = options.series, colors = options.colors, siblings = options.siblings, points = series.points, chartOptionsChart = series.chart.options.chart;
let getColorByPoint, point, level, colorByPoint, colorIndexByPoint, color, colorIndex;
/**
* @private
*/
const variateColor = (color) => {
const colorVariation = level && level.colorVariation;
if (colorVariation &&
colorVariation.key === 'brightness' &&
index &&
siblings) {
return Color.parse(color).brighten(colorVariation.to * (index / siblings)).get();
}
return color;
};
if (node) {
point = points[node.i];
level = mapOptionsToLevel[node.level] || {};
getColorByPoint = point && level.colorByPoint;
if (getColorByPoint) {
colorIndexByPoint = point.index % (colors ?
colors.length :
chartOptionsChart.colorCount);
colorByPoint = colors && colors[colorIndexByPoint];
}
// Select either point color, level color or inherited color.
if (!series.chart.styledMode) {
color = pick(point && point.options.color, level && level.color, colorByPoint, parentColor && variateColor(parentColor), series.color);
}
colorIndex = pick(point && point.options.colorIndex, level && level.colorIndex, colorIndexByPoint, parentColorIndex, options.colorIndex);
}
return {
color: color,
colorIndex: colorIndex
};
}
/**
* Creates a map from level number to its given options.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Object} params
* Object containing parameters.
* - `defaults` Object containing default options. The default options are
* merged with the userOptions to get the final options for a specific
* level.
* - `from` The lowest level number.
* - `levels` User options from series.levels.
* - `to` The highest level number.
*
* @return {Highcharts.Dictionary<object>|null}
* Returns a map from level number to its given options.
*/
function getLevelOptions(params) {
const result = {};
let defaults, converted, i, from, to, levels;
if (isObject(params)) {
from = isNumber(params.from) ? params.from : 1;
levels = params.levels;
converted = {};
defaults = isObject(params.defaults) ? params.defaults : {};
if (isArray(levels)) {
converted = levels.reduce((obj, item) => {
let level, levelIsConstant, options;
if (isObject(item) && isNumber(item.level)) {
options = merge({}, item);
levelIsConstant = pick(options.levelIsConstant, defaults.levelIsConstant);
// Delete redundant properties.
delete options.levelIsConstant;
delete options.level;
// Calculate which level these options apply to.
level = item.level + (levelIsConstant ? 0 : from - 1);
if (isObject(obj[level])) {
merge(true, obj[level], options); // #16329
}
else {
obj[level] = options;
}
}
return obj;
}, {});
}
to = isNumber(params.to) ? params.to : 1;
for (i = 0; i <= to; i++) {
result[i] = merge({}, defaults, isObject(converted[i]) ? converted[i] : {});
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* @private
* @todo Combine buildTree and buildNode with setTreeValues
* @todo Remove logic from Treemap and make it utilize this mixin.
*/
function setTreeValues(tree, options) {
const before = options.before, idRoot = options.idRoot, mapIdToNode = options.mapIdToNode, nodeRoot = mapIdToNode[idRoot], levelIsConstant = (options.levelIsConstant !== false), points = options.points, point = points[tree.i], optionsPoint = point && point.options || {}, children = [];
let childrenTotal = 0;
tree.levelDynamic = tree.level - (levelIsConstant ? 0 : nodeRoot.level);
tree.name = pick(point && point.name, '');
tree.visible = (idRoot === tree.id ||
options.visible === true);
if (typeof before === 'function') {
tree = before(tree, options);
}
// First give the children some values
tree.children.forEach((child, i) => {
const newOptions = extend({}, options);
extend(newOptions, {
index: i,
siblings: tree.children.length,
visible: tree.visible
});
child = setTreeValues(child, newOptions);
children.push(child);
if (child.visible) {
childrenTotal += child.val;
}
});
// Set the values
const value = pick(optionsPoint.value, childrenTotal);
tree.visible = value >= 0 && (childrenTotal > 0 || tree.visible);
tree.children = children;
tree.childrenTotal = childrenTotal;
tree.isLeaf = tree.visible && !childrenTotal;
tree.val = value;
return tree;
}
/**
* Update the rootId property on the series. Also makes sure that it is
* accessible to exporting.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Object} series
* The series to operate on.
*
* @return {string}
* Returns the resulting rootId after update.
*/
function updateRootId(series) {
let rootId, options;
if (isObject(series)) {
// Get the series options.
options = isObject(series.options) ? series.options : {};
// Calculate the rootId.
rootId = pick(series.rootNode, options.rootId, '');
// Set rootId on series.userOptions to pick it up in exporting.
if (isObject(series.userOptions)) {
series.userOptions.rootId = rootId;
}
// Set rootId on series to pick it up on next update.
series.rootNode = rootId;
}
return rootId;
}
/**
* Get the node width, which relies on the plot width and the nodeDistance
* option.
*
* @private
*/
function getNodeWidth(series, columnCount) {
const { chart, options } = series, { nodeDistance = 0, nodeWidth = 0 } = options, { plotSizeX = 1 } = chart;
// Node width auto means they are evenly distributed along the width of
// the plot area
if (nodeWidth === 'auto') {
if (typeof nodeDistance === 'string' && /%$/.test(nodeDistance)) {
const fraction = parseFloat(nodeDistance) / 100, total = columnCount + fraction * (columnCount - 1);
return plotSizeX / total;
}
const nDistance = Number(nodeDistance);
return ((plotSizeX + nDistance) /
(columnCount || 1)) - nDistance;
}
return relativeLength(nodeWidth, plotSizeX);
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
const TreeUtilities = {
getColor,
getLevelOptions,
getNodeWidth,
setTreeValues,
updateRootId
};
return TreeUtilities;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Core/Axis/TreeGrid/TreeGridAxis.js', [_modules['Core/Axis/BrokenAxis.js'], _modules['Core/Axis/GridAxis.js'], _modules['Gantt/Tree.js'], _modules['Core/Axis/TreeGrid/TreeGridTick.js'], _modules['Series/TreeUtilities.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (BrokenAxis, GridAxis, Tree, TreeGridTick, TU, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016 Highsoft AS
* Authors: Jon Arild Nygard
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { getLevelOptions } = TU;
const { addEvent, find, fireEvent, isArray, isObject, isString, merge, pick, removeEvent, wrap } = U;
/* *
*
* Variables
*
* */
let TickConstructor;
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
function getBreakFromNode(node, max) {
const to = node.collapseEnd || 0;
let from = node.collapseStart || 0;
// In broken-axis, the axis.max is minimized until it is not within a
// break. Therefore, if break.to is larger than axis.max, the axis.to
// should not add the 0.5 axis.tickMarkOffset, to avoid adding a break
// larger than axis.max.
// TODO consider simplifying broken-axis and this might solve itself
if (to >= max) {
from -= 0.5;
}
return {
from: from,
to: to,
showPoints: false
};
}
/**
* Creates a tree structure of the data, and the treegrid. Calculates
* categories, and y-values of points based on the tree.
*
* @private
* @function getTreeGridFromData
*
* @param {Array<Highcharts.GanttPointOptions>} data
* All the data points to display in the axis.
*
* @param {boolean} uniqueNames
* Whether or not the data node with the same name should share grid cell. If
* true they do share cell. False by default.
*
* @param {number} numberOfSeries
*
* @return {Object}
* Returns an object containing categories, mapOfIdToNode,
* mapOfPosToGridNode, and tree.
*
* @todo There should be only one point per line.
* @todo It should be optional to have one category per point, or merge
* cells
* @todo Add unit-tests.
*/
function getTreeGridFromData(data, uniqueNames, numberOfSeries) {
const categories = [], collapsedNodes = [], mapOfIdToNode = {}, uniqueNamesEnabled = typeof uniqueNames === 'boolean' ?
uniqueNames : false;
let mapOfPosToGridNode = {}, posIterator = -1;
// Build the tree from the series data.
const treeParams = {
// After the children has been created.
after: function (node) {
const gridNode = mapOfPosToGridNode[node.pos];
let height = 0, descendants = 0;
gridNode.children.forEach(function (child) {
descendants += (child.descendants || 0) + 1;
height = Math.max((child.height || 0) + 1, height);
});
gridNode.descendants = descendants;
gridNode.height = height;
if (gridNode.collapsed) {
collapsedNodes.push(gridNode);
}
},
// Before the children has been created.
before: function (node) {
const data = isObject(node.data, true) ?
node.data :
{}, name = isString(data.name) ? data.name : '', parentNode = mapOfIdToNode[node.parent], parentGridNode = (isObject(parentNode, true) ?
mapOfPosToGridNode[parentNode.pos] :
null), hasSameName = function (x) {
return x.name === name;
};
let gridNode, pos;
// If not unique names, look for sibling node with the same name
if (uniqueNamesEnabled &&
isObject(parentGridNode, true) &&
!!(gridNode = find(parentGridNode.children, hasSameName))) {
// If there is a gridNode with the same name, reuse position
pos = gridNode.pos;
// Add data node to list of nodes in the grid node.
gridNode.nodes.push(node);
}
else {
// If it is a new grid node, increment position.
pos = posIterator++;
}
// Add new grid node to map.
if (!mapOfPosToGridNode[pos]) {
mapOfPosToGridNode[pos] = gridNode = {
depth: parentGridNode ? parentGridNode.depth + 1 : 0,
name: name,
id: data.id,
nodes: [node],
children: [],
pos: pos
};
// If not root, then add name to categories.
if (pos !== -1) {
categories.push(name);
}
// Add name to list of children.
if (isObject(parentGridNode, true)) {
parentGridNode.children.push(gridNode);
}
}
// Add data node to map
if (isString(node.id)) {
mapOfIdToNode[node.id] = node;
}
// If one of the points are collapsed, then start the grid node
// in collapsed state.
if (gridNode &&
data.collapsed === true) {
gridNode.collapsed = true;
}
// Assign pos to data node
node.pos = pos;
}
};
const updateYValuesAndTickPos = function (map, numberOfSeries) {
const setValues = function (gridNode, start, result) {
const nodes = gridNode.nodes, padding = 0.5;
let end = start + (start === -1 ? 0 : numberOfSeries - 1);
const diff = (end - start) / 2, pos = start + diff;
nodes.forEach(function (node) {
const data = node.data;
if (isObject(data, true)) {
// Update point
data.y = start + (data.seriesIndex || 0);
// Remove the property once used
delete data.seriesIndex;
}
node.pos = pos;
});
result[pos] = gridNode;
gridNode.pos = pos;
gridNode.tickmarkOffset = diff + padding;
gridNode.collapseStart = end + padding;
gridNode.children.forEach(function (child) {
setValues(child, end + 1, result);
end = (child.collapseEnd || 0) - padding;
});
// Set collapseEnd to the end of the last child node.
gridNode.collapseEnd = end + padding;
return result;
};
return setValues(map['-1'], -1, {});
};
// Create tree from data
const tree = Tree.getTree(data, treeParams);
// Update y values of data, and set calculate tick positions.
mapOfPosToGridNode = updateYValuesAndTickPos(mapOfPosToGridNode, numberOfSeries);
// Return the resulting data.
return {
categories: categories,
mapOfIdToNode: mapOfIdToNode,
mapOfPosToGridNode: mapOfPosToGridNode,
collapsedNodes: collapsedNodes,
tree: tree
};
}
/**
* Builds the tree of categories and calculates its positions.
* @private
* @param {Object} e Event object
* @param {Object} e.target The chart instance which the event was fired on.
* @param {object[]} e.target.axes The axes of the chart.
*/
function onBeforeRender(e) {
const chart = e.target, axes = chart.axes;
axes.filter(function (axis) {
return axis.options.type === 'treegrid';
}).forEach(function (axis) {
const options = axis.options || {}, labelOptions = options.labels, uniqueNames = options.uniqueNames, max = options.max,
// Check whether any of series is rendering for the first
// time, visibility has changed, or its data is dirty, and
// only then update. #10570, #10580. Also check if
// mapOfPosToGridNode exists. #10887
isDirty = (!axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode ||
axis.series.some(function (series) {
return !series.hasRendered ||
series.isDirtyData ||
series.isDirty;
}));
let numberOfSeries = 0, data, treeGrid;
if (isDirty) {
// Concatenate data from all series assigned to this axis.
data = axis.series.reduce(function (arr, s) {
if (s.visible) {
// Push all data to array
(s.options.data || []).forEach(function (data) {
// For using keys - rebuild the data structure
if (s.options.keys && s.options.keys.length) {
data = s.pointClass.prototype
.optionsToObject
.call({ series: s }, data);
s.pointClass.setGanttPointAliases(data);
}
if (isObject(data, true)) {
// Set series index on data. Removed again
// after use.
data.seriesIndex = (numberOfSeries);
arr.push(data);
}
});
// Increment series index
if (uniqueNames === true) {
numberOfSeries++;
}
}
return arr;
}, []);
// If max is higher than set data - add a
// dummy data to render categories #10779
if (max && data.length < max) {
for (let i = data.length; i <= max; i++) {
data.push({
// Use the zero-width character
// to avoid conflict with uniqueNames
name: i + '\u200B'
});
}
}
// `setScale` is fired after all the series is initialized,
// which is an ideal time to update the axis.categories.
treeGrid = getTreeGridFromData(data, uniqueNames || false, (uniqueNames === true) ? numberOfSeries : 1);
// Assign values to the axis.
axis.categories = treeGrid.categories;
axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode = (treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode);
axis.hasNames = true;
axis.treeGrid.tree = treeGrid.tree;
// Update yData now that we have calculated the y values
axis.series.forEach(function (series) {
const axisData = (series.options.data || []).map(function (d) {
if (isArray(d) &&
series.options.keys &&
series.options.keys.length) {
// Get the axisData from the data array used to
// build the treeGrid where has been modified
data.forEach(function (point) {
if (d.indexOf(point.x) >= 0 &&
d.indexOf(point.x2) >= 0) {
d = point;
}
});
}
return isObject(d, true) ? merge(d) : d;
});
// Avoid destroying points when series is not visible
if (series.visible) {
series.setData(axisData, false);
}
});
// Calculate the label options for each level in the tree.
axis.treeGrid.mapOptionsToLevel =
getLevelOptions({
defaults: labelOptions,
from: 1,
levels: labelOptions && labelOptions.levels,
to: axis.treeGrid.tree && axis.treeGrid.tree.height
});
// Setting initial collapsed nodes
if (e.type === 'beforeRender') {
axis.treeGrid.collapsedNodes = treeGrid.collapsedNodes;
}
}
});
}
/**
* Generates a tick for initial positioning.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.GridAxis#generateTick
*
* @param {Function} proceed
* The original generateTick function.
*
* @param {number} pos
* The tick position in axis values.
*/
function wrapGenerateTick(proceed, pos) {
const axis = this, mapOptionsToLevel = axis.treeGrid.mapOptionsToLevel || {}, isTreeGrid = axis.options.type === 'treegrid', ticks = axis.ticks;
let tick = ticks[pos], levelOptions, options, gridNode;
if (isTreeGrid &&
axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode) {
gridNode = axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode[pos];
levelOptions = mapOptionsToLevel[gridNode.depth];
if (levelOptions) {
options = {
labels: levelOptions
};
}
if (!tick &&
TickConstructor) {
ticks[pos] = tick =
new TickConstructor(axis, pos, void 0, void 0, {
category: gridNode.name,
tickmarkOffset: gridNode.tickmarkOffset,
options: options
});
}
else {
// Update labels depending on tick interval
tick.parameters.category = gridNode.name;
tick.options = options;
tick.addLabel();
}
}
else {
proceed.apply(axis, Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments, 1));
}
}
/**
* @private
*/
function wrapInit(proceed, chart, userOptions, coll) {
const axis = this, isTreeGrid = userOptions.type === 'treegrid';
if (!axis.treeGrid) {
axis.treeGrid = new TreeGridAxisAdditions(axis);
}
// Set default and forced options for TreeGrid
if (isTreeGrid) {
// Add event for updating the categories of a treegrid.
// NOTE Preferably these events should be set on the axis.
addEvent(chart, 'beforeRender', onBeforeRender);
addEvent(chart, 'beforeRedraw', onBeforeRender);
// Add new collapsed nodes on addseries
addEvent(chart, 'addSeries', function (e) {
if (e.options.data) {
const treeGrid = getTreeGridFromData(e.options.data, userOptions.uniqueNames || false, 1);
axis.treeGrid.collapsedNodes = (axis.treeGrid.collapsedNodes || []).concat(treeGrid.collapsedNodes);
}
});
// Collapse all nodes in axis.treegrid.collapsednodes
// where collapsed equals true.
addEvent(axis, 'foundExtremes', function () {
if (axis.treeGrid.collapsedNodes) {
axis.treeGrid.collapsedNodes.forEach(function (node) {
const breaks = axis.treeGrid.collapse(node);
if (axis.brokenAxis) {
axis.brokenAxis.setBreaks(breaks, false);
// Remove the node from the axis collapsedNodes
if (axis.treeGrid.collapsedNodes) {
axis.treeGrid.collapsedNodes = axis.treeGrid
.collapsedNodes
.filter((n) => ((node.collapseStart !==
n.collapseStart) ||
node.collapseEnd !== n.collapseEnd));
}
}
});
}
});
// If staticScale is not defined on the yAxis
// and chart height is set, set axis.isDirty
// to ensure collapsing works (#12012)
addEvent(axis, 'afterBreaks', function () {
if (axis.coll === 'yAxis' &&
!axis.staticScale &&
axis.chart.options.chart.height) {
axis.isDirty = true;
}
});
userOptions = merge({
// Default options
grid: {
enabled: true
},
// TODO: add support for align in treegrid.
labels: {
align: 'left',
/**
* Set options on specific levels in a tree grid axis. Takes
* precedence over labels options.
*
* @sample {gantt} gantt/treegrid-axis/labels-levels
* Levels on TreeGrid Labels
*
* @type {Array<*>}
* @product gantt
* @apioption yAxis.labels.levels
*
* @private
*/
levels: [{
/**
* Specify the level which the options within this object
* applies to.
*
* @type {number}
* @product gantt
* @apioption yAxis.labels.levels.level
*
* @private
*/
level: void 0
}, {
level: 1,
/**
* @type {Highcharts.CSSObject}
* @product gantt
* @apioption yAxis.labels.levels.style
*
* @private
*/
style: {
/** @ignore-option */
fontWeight: 'bold'
}
}],
/**
* The symbol for the collapse and expand icon in a
* treegrid.
*
* @product gantt
* @optionparent yAxis.labels.symbol
*
* @private
*/
symbol: {
/**
* The symbol type. Points to a definition function in
* the `Highcharts.Renderer.symbols` collection.
*
* @type {Highcharts.SymbolKeyValue}
*
* @private
*/
type: 'triangle',
x: -5,
y: -5,
height: 10,
width: 10
}
},
uniqueNames: false
}, userOptions, {
// Forced options
reversed: true
});
}
// Now apply the original function with the original arguments, which are
// sliced off this function's arguments
proceed.apply(axis, [chart, userOptions, coll]);
if (isTreeGrid) {
axis.hasNames = true;
axis.options.showLastLabel = true;
}
}
/**
* Set the tick positions, tickInterval, axis min and max.
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.GridAxis#setTickInterval
*
* @param {Function} proceed
* The original setTickInterval function.
*/
function wrapSetTickInterval(proceed) {
const axis = this, options = axis.options, linkedParent = typeof options.linkedTo === 'number' ?
this.chart[axis.coll]?.[options.linkedTo] :
void 0, isTreeGrid = options.type === 'treegrid';
if (isTreeGrid) {
axis.min = pick(axis.userMin, options.min, axis.dataMin);
axis.max = pick(axis.userMax, options.max, axis.dataMax);
fireEvent(axis, 'foundExtremes');
// `setAxisTranslation` modifies the min and max according to axis
// breaks.
axis.setAxisTranslation();
axis.tickInterval = 1;
axis.tickmarkOffset = 0.5;
axis.tickPositions = axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode ?
axis.treeGrid.getTickPositions() :
[];
if (linkedParent) {
const linkedParentExtremes = linkedParent.getExtremes();
axis.min = pick(linkedParentExtremes.min, linkedParentExtremes.dataMin);
axis.max = pick(linkedParentExtremes.max, linkedParentExtremes.dataMax);
axis.tickPositions = linkedParent.tickPositions;
}
axis.linkedParent = linkedParent;
}
else {
proceed.apply(axis, Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments, 1));
}
}
/**
* Wrap axis redraw to remove TreeGrid events from ticks
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.GridAxis#redraw
*
* @param {Function} proceed
* The original setTickInterval function.
*/
function wrapRedraw(proceed) {
const axis = this, options = axis.options, isTreeGrid = options.type === 'treegrid';
if (isTreeGrid && axis.visible) {
axis.tickPositions.forEach(function (pos) {
const tick = axis.ticks[pos];
if (tick.label && tick.label.attachedTreeGridEvents) {
removeEvent(tick.label.element);
tick.label.attachedTreeGridEvents = false;
}
});
}
proceed.apply(axis, Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments, 1));
}
/* *
*
* Classes
*
* */
/**
* @private
* @class
*/
class TreeGridAxisAdditions {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
static compose(AxisClass, ChartClass, SeriesClass, TickClass) {
if (!AxisClass.keepProps.includes('treeGrid')) {
const axisProps = AxisClass.prototype;
AxisClass.keepProps.push('treeGrid');
wrap(axisProps, 'generateTick', wrapGenerateTick);
wrap(axisProps, 'init', wrapInit);
wrap(axisProps, 'setTickInterval', wrapSetTickInterval);
wrap(axisProps, 'redraw', wrapRedraw);
// Make utility functions available for testing.
axisProps.utils = {
getNode: Tree.getNode
};
if (!TickConstructor) {
TickConstructor = TickClass;
}
}
GridAxis.compose(AxisClass, ChartClass, TickClass);
BrokenAxis.compose(AxisClass, SeriesClass);
TreeGridTick.compose(TickClass);
return AxisClass;
}
/* *
*
* Constructors
*
* */
/**
* @private
*/
constructor(axis) {
this.axis = axis;
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Set the collapse status.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.Axis} axis
* The axis to check against.
*
* @param {Highcharts.GridNode} node
* The node to collapse.
*/
setCollapsedStatus(node) {
const axis = this.axis, chart = axis.chart;
axis.series.forEach(function (series) {
const data = series.options.data;
if (node.id && data) {
const point = chart.get(node.id), dataPoint = data[series.data.indexOf(point)];
if (point && dataPoint) {
point.collapsed = node.collapsed;
dataPoint.collapsed = node.collapsed;
}
}
});
}
/**
* Calculates the new axis breaks to collapse a node.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.Axis} axis
* The axis to check against.
*
* @param {Highcharts.GridNode} node
* The node to collapse.
*
* @param {number} pos
* The tick position to collapse.
*
* @return {Array<object>}
* Returns an array of the new breaks for the axis.
*/
collapse(node) {
const axis = this.axis, breaks = (axis.options.breaks || []), obj = getBreakFromNode(node, axis.max);
breaks.push(obj);
// Change the collapsed flag #13838
node.collapsed = true;
axis.treeGrid.setCollapsedStatus(node);
return breaks;
}
/**
* Calculates the new axis breaks to expand a node.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.Axis} axis
* The axis to check against.
*
* @param {Highcharts.GridNode} node
* The node to expand.
*
* @param {number} pos
* The tick position to expand.
*
* @return {Array<object>}
* Returns an array of the new breaks for the axis.
*/
expand(node) {
const axis = this.axis, breaks = (axis.options.breaks || []), obj = getBreakFromNode(node, axis.max);
// Change the collapsed flag #13838
node.collapsed = false;
axis.treeGrid.setCollapsedStatus(node);
// Remove the break from the axis breaks array.
return breaks.reduce(function (arr, b) {
if (b.to !== obj.to || b.from !== obj.from) {
arr.push(b);
}
return arr;
}, []);
}
/**
* Creates a list of positions for the ticks on the axis. Filters out
* positions that are outside min and max, or is inside an axis break.
*
* @private
*
* @return {Array<number>}
* List of positions.
*/
getTickPositions() {
const axis = this.axis, roundedMin = Math.floor(axis.min / axis.tickInterval) * axis.tickInterval, roundedMax = Math.ceil(axis.max / axis.tickInterval) * axis.tickInterval;
return Object.keys(axis.treeGrid.mapOfPosToGridNode || {}).reduce(function (arr, key) {
const pos = +key;
if (pos >= roundedMin &&
pos <= roundedMax &&
!(axis.brokenAxis && axis.brokenAxis.isInAnyBreak(pos))) {
arr.push(pos);
}
return arr;
}, []);
}
/**
* Check if a node is collapsed.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.Axis} axis
* The axis to check against.
*
* @param {Object} node
* The node to check if is collapsed.
*
* @param {number} pos
* The tick position to collapse.
*
* @return {boolean}
* Returns true if collapsed, false if expanded.
*/
isCollapsed(node) {
const axis = this.axis, breaks = (axis.options.breaks || []), obj = getBreakFromNode(node, axis.max);
return breaks.some(function (b) {
return b.from === obj.from && b.to === obj.to;
});
}
/**
* Calculates the new axis breaks after toggling the collapse/expand
* state of a node. If it is collapsed it will be expanded, and if it is
* expanded it will be collapsed.
*
* @private
*
* @param {Highcharts.Axis} axis
* The axis to check against.
*
* @param {Highcharts.GridNode} node
* The node to toggle.
*
* @return {Array<object>}
* Returns an array of the new breaks for the axis.
*/
toggleCollapse(node) {
return (this.isCollapsed(node) ?
this.expand(node) :
this.collapse(node));
}
}
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return TreeGridAxisAdditions;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'Series/Gantt/GanttSeries.js', [_modules['Series/Gantt/GanttPoint.js'], _modules['Series/Gantt/GanttSeriesDefaults.js'], _modules['Gantt/Pathfinder.js'], _modules['Core/Series/SeriesRegistry.js'], _modules['Extensions/StaticScale.js'], _modules['Core/Axis/TreeGrid/TreeGridAxis.js'], _modules['Core/Utilities.js']], function (GanttPoint, GanttSeriesDefaults, Pathfinder, SeriesRegistry, StaticScale, TreeGridAxis, U) {
/* *
*
* (c) 2016-2024 Highsoft AS
*
* Author: Lars A. V. Cabrera
*
* License: www.highcharts.com/license
*
* !!!!!!! SOURCE GETS TRANSPILED BY TYPESCRIPT. EDIT TS FILE ONLY. !!!!!!!
*
* */
const { series: Series, seriesTypes: { xrange: XRangeSeries } } = SeriesRegistry;
const { extend, isNumber, merge } = U;
/* *
*
* Class
*
* */
/**
* @private
* @class
* @name Highcharts.seriesTypes.gantt
*
* @augments Highcharts.Series
*/
class GanttSeries extends XRangeSeries {
/* *
*
* Static Functions
*
* */
static compose(AxisClass, ChartClass, SeriesClass, TickClass) {
XRangeSeries.compose(AxisClass);
if (!ChartClass) {
return;
}
StaticScale.compose(AxisClass, ChartClass);
if (!SeriesClass) {
return;
}
Pathfinder.compose(ChartClass, SeriesClass.prototype.pointClass);
if (!TickClass) {
return;
}
TreeGridAxis.compose(AxisClass, ChartClass, SeriesClass, TickClass);
}
/* *
*
* Functions
*
* */
/**
* Draws a single point in the series.
*
* This override draws the point as a diamond if point.options.milestone
* is true, and uses the original drawPoint() if it is false or not set.
*
* @requires highcharts-gantt
*
* @private
* @function Highcharts.seriesTypes.gantt#drawPoint
*
* @param {Highcharts.Point} point
* An instance of Point in the series
*
* @param {"animate"|"attr"} verb
* 'animate' (animates changes) or 'attr' (sets options)
*/
drawPoint(point, verb) {
const series = this, seriesOpts = series.options, renderer = series.chart.renderer, shapeArgs = point.shapeArgs, plotY = point.plotY, state = point.selected && 'select', cutOff = seriesOpts.stacking && !seriesOpts.borderRadius;
let graphic = point.graphic, diamondShape;
if (point.options.milestone) {
if (isNumber(plotY) &&
point.y !== null &&
point.visible !== false) {
diamondShape = renderer.symbols.diamond(shapeArgs.x || 0, shapeArgs.y || 0, shapeArgs.width || 0, shapeArgs.height || 0);
if (graphic) {
graphic[verb]({
d: diamondShape
});
}
else {
point.graphic = graphic = renderer.path(diamondShape)
.addClass(point.getClassName(), true)
.add(point.group || series.group);
}
// Presentational
if (!series.chart.styledMode) {
point.graphic
.attr(series.pointAttribs(point, state))
.shadow(seriesOpts.shadow, null, cutOff);
}
}
else if (graphic) {
point.graphic = graphic.destroy(); // #1269
}
}
else {
super.drawPoint(point, verb);
}
}
/**
* Handle milestones, as they have no x2.
* @private
*/
translatePoint(point) {
let shapeArgs, size;
super.translatePoint(point);
if (point.options.milestone) {
shapeArgs = point.shapeArgs;
size = shapeArgs.height || 0;
point.shapeArgs = {
x: (shapeArgs.x || 0) - (size / 2),
y: shapeArgs.y,
width: size,
height: size
};
}
}
}
/* *
*
* Static Properties
*
* */
GanttSeries.defaultOptions = merge(XRangeSeries.defaultOptions, GanttSeriesDefaults);
extend(GanttSeries.prototype, {
pointArrayMap: ['start', 'end', 'y'],
pointClass: GanttPoint,
setData: Series.prototype.setData
});
SeriesRegistry.registerSeriesType('gantt', GanttSeries);
/* *
*
* Default Export
*
* */
return GanttSeries;
});
_registerModule(_modules, 'masters/modules/gantt.src.js', [_modules['Core/Globals.js'], _modules['Extensions/ArrowSymbols.js'], _modules['Gantt/Connection.js'], _modules['Extensions/CurrentDateIndication.js'], _modules['Core/Chart/GanttChart.js'], _modules['Stock/Navigator/Navigator.js'], _modules['Stock/RangeSelector/RangeSelector.js'], _modules['Stock/Scrollbar/Scrollbar.js'], _modules['Series/Gantt/GanttSeries.js']], function (Highcharts, ArrowSymbols, Connection, CurrentDateIndication, GanttChart, Navigator, RangeSelector, Scrollbar, GanttSeries) {
// Series
const G = Highcharts;
// Classes
G.Connection = G.Connection || Connection;
G.GanttChart = G.GanttChart || GanttChart;
G.Navigator = G.Navigator || Navigator;
G.RangeSelector = G.RangeSelector || RangeSelector;
G.Scrollbar = G.Scrollbar || Scrollbar;
// Functions
G.ganttChart = G.GanttChart.ganttChart;
// Compositions
ArrowSymbols.compose(G.SVGRenderer);
CurrentDateIndication.compose(G.Axis, G.PlotLineOrBand);
GanttSeries.compose(G.Axis, G.Chart, G.Series, G.Tick);
G.Navigator.compose(G.Chart, G.Axis, G.Series);
G.RangeSelector.compose(G.Axis, G.Chart);
G.Scrollbar.compose(G.Axis);
return Highcharts;
});
}));
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink